|
|
|
/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Implementation of the TQString class and related Unicode functions
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Created : 920722
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
|
|
|
|
** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
|
|
|
|
** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
|
|
|
|
** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
|
|
|
|
** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
|
|
|
|
** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
|
|
|
|
** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
|
|
|
|
** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
|
|
|
|
** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
|
|
|
|
** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
|
|
|
|
** review the following information:
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
|
|
|
|
** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
|
|
|
|
** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
|
|
|
|
** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt
|
|
|
|
** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
|
|
|
|
** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
|
|
|
** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
|
|
|
** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
|
|
|
|
** herein.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
**********************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't define it while compiling this module, or USERS of TQt will
|
|
|
|
// not be able to link.
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
|
|
|
#undef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqstring.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqregexp.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqdatastream.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqlocale.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "qlocale_p.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qunicodetables_p.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <limits.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
|
|
|
|
#include <locale.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
|
|
#include "qt_windows.h"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/mman.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if !defined( QT_NO_COMPONENT ) && !defined( QT_LITE_COMPONENT )
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
#define LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES 16384
|
|
|
|
#define LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_CHARACTERS LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES/sizeof(TQChar)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LLONG_MAX
|
|
|
|
#define LLONG_MAX TQ_INT64_C(9223372036854775807)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LLONG_MIN
|
|
|
|
#define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX - TQ_INT64_C(1))
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef ULLONG_MAX
|
|
|
|
#define ULLONG_MAX TQ_UINT64_C(18446744073709551615)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqmutex.h"
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern TQMutex *tqt_sharedStringMutex;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int ucstrcmp( const TQString &as, const TQString &bs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *a = as.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *b = bs.unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( a == b )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( a == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( b == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
int l=TQMIN(as.length(),bs.length());
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- && *a == *b )
|
|
|
|
a++,b++;
|
|
|
|
if ( l==-1 )
|
|
|
|
return ( as.length()-bs.length() );
|
|
|
|
return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int ucstrncmp( const TQChar *a, const TQChar *b, int l )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- && *a == *b )
|
|
|
|
a++,b++;
|
|
|
|
if ( l==-1 )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int ucstrnicmp( const TQChar *a, const TQChar *b, int l )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- && ::lower( *a ) == ::lower( *b ) )
|
|
|
|
a++,b++;
|
|
|
|
if ( l==-1 )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
return ::lower( *a ).unicode() - ::lower( *b ).unicode();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static uint computeNewMax( uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (len >= 0x80000000)
|
|
|
|
return len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint newMax = 4;
|
|
|
|
while ( newMax < len )
|
|
|
|
newMax *= 2;
|
|
|
|
// try to save some memory
|
|
|
|
if ( newMax >= 1024 * 1024 && len <= newMax - (newMax >> 2) )
|
|
|
|
newMax -= newMax >> 2;
|
|
|
|
return newMax;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qIsUpper(char c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qIsDigit(char c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char qToLower(char c)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
|
|
|
|
return c - 'A' + 'a';
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQCharRef ntqstring.h
|
|
|
|
\reentrant
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQCharRef class is a helper class for TQString.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup text
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you get an object of type TQCharRef, if you can assign to it,
|
|
|
|
the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
|
|
|
|
which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life.
|
|
|
|
The TQCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the
|
|
|
|
string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a TQChar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most of the TQChar member functions also exist in TQCharRef.
|
|
|
|
However, they are not explicitly documented here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQString::operator[]() TQString::at() TQChar
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQChar ntqstring.h
|
|
|
|
\reentrant
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup text
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unicode characters are (so far) 16-bit entities without any markup
|
|
|
|
or structure. This class represents such an entity. It is
|
|
|
|
lightweight, so it can be used everywhere. Most compilers treat it
|
|
|
|
like a "short int". (In a few years it may be necessary to make
|
|
|
|
TQChar 32-bit when more than 65536 Unicode code points have been
|
|
|
|
defined and come into use.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar provides a full complement of testing/classification
|
|
|
|
functions, converting to and from other formats, converting from
|
|
|
|
composed to decomposed Unicode, and trying to compare and
|
|
|
|
case-convert if you ask it to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The classification functions include functions like those in
|
|
|
|
ctype.h, but operating on the full range of Unicode characters.
|
|
|
|
They all return TRUE if the character is a certain type of
|
|
|
|
character; otherwise they return FALSE. These classification
|
|
|
|
functions are isNull() (returns TRUE if the character is U+0000),
|
|
|
|
isPrint() (TRUE if the character is any sort of printable
|
|
|
|
character, including whitespace), isPunct() (any sort of
|
|
|
|
punctation), isMark() (Unicode Mark), isLetter (a letter),
|
|
|
|
isNumber() (any sort of numeric character), isLetterOrNumber(),
|
|
|
|
and isDigit() (decimal digits). All of these are wrappers around
|
|
|
|
category() which return the Unicode-defined category of each
|
|
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar further provides direction(), which indicates the "natural"
|
|
|
|
writing direction of this character. The joining() function
|
|
|
|
indicates how the character joins with its neighbors (needed
|
|
|
|
mostly for Arabic) and finally mirrored(), which indicates whether
|
|
|
|
the character needs to be mirrored when it is printed in its
|
|
|
|
"unnatural" writing direction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Composed Unicode characters (like å) can be converted to
|
|
|
|
decomposed Unicode ("a" followed by "ring above") by using
|
|
|
|
decomposition().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Unicode, comparison is not necessarily possible and case
|
|
|
|
conversion is very difficult at best. Unicode, covering the
|
|
|
|
"entire" world, also includes most of the world's case and sorting
|
|
|
|
problems. TQt tries, but not very hard: operator==() and friends
|
|
|
|
will do comparison based purely on the numeric Unicode value (code
|
|
|
|
point) of the characters, and upper() and lower() will do case
|
|
|
|
changes when the character has a well-defined upper/lower-case
|
|
|
|
equivalent. There is no provision for locale-dependent case
|
|
|
|
folding rules or comparison; these functions are meant to be fast
|
|
|
|
so they can be used unambiguously in data structures. (See
|
|
|
|
TQString::localeAwareCompare() though.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion functions include unicode() (to a scalar), latin1()
|
|
|
|
(to scalar, but converts all non-Latin-1 characters to 0), row()
|
|
|
|
(gives the Unicode row), cell() (gives the Unicode cell),
|
|
|
|
digitValue() (gives the integer value of any of the numerous digit
|
|
|
|
characters), and a host of constructors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More information can be found in the document \link unicode.html
|
|
|
|
About Unicode. \endlink
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQString TQCharRef
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQChar::Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum maps the Unicode character categories.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following characters are normative in Unicode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Mark_NonSpacing Unicode class name Mn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Mark_SpacingCombining Unicode class name Mc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Mark_Enclosing Unicode class name Me
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Number_DecimalDigit Unicode class name Nd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Number_Letter Unicode class name Nl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Number_Other Unicode class name No
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Separator_Space Unicode class name Zs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Separator_Line Unicode class name Zl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Separator_Paragraph Unicode class name Zp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Other_Control Unicode class name Cc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Other_Format Unicode class name Cf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Other_Surrogate Unicode class name Cs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Other_PrivateUse Unicode class name Co
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Other_NotAssigned Unicode class name Cn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following categories are informative in Unicode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Letter_Uppercase Unicode class name Lu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Letter_Lowercase Unicode class name Ll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Letter_Titlecase Unicode class name Lt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Letter_Modifier Unicode class name Lm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Letter_Other Unicode class name Lo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Connector Unicode class name Pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Dash Unicode class name Pd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Open Unicode class name Ps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Close Unicode class name Pe
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_InitialQuote Unicode class name Pi
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_FinalQuote Unicode class name Pf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Other Unicode class name Po
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Symbol_Math Unicode class name Sm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Symbol_Currency Unicode class name Sc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Symbol_Modifier Unicode class name Sk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Symbol_Other Unicode class name So
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are two categories that are specific to TQt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value NoCategory used when TQt is dazed and confused and cannot
|
|
|
|
make sense of anything.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Punctuation_Dask old typo alias for Punctuation_Dash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQChar::Direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type defines the Unicode direction attributes. See \link
|
|
|
|
http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
|
|
|
description of the values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order to conform to C/C++ naming conventions "Dir" is prepended
|
|
|
|
to the codes used in the Unicode Standard.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQChar::Decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type defines the Unicode decomposition attributes. See
|
|
|
|
\link http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
|
|
|
description of the values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQChar::Joining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type defines the Unicode joining attributes. See \link
|
|
|
|
http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
|
|
|
description of the values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQChar::CombiningClass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type defines names for some of the Unicode combining
|
|
|
|
classes. See \link http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode
|
|
|
|
Standard\endlink for a description of the values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQChar::setCell( uchar cell )
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQChar::setRow( uchar row )
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a null TQChar (one that isNull()).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \a c.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( uchar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \a c.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( uchar c, uchar r )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar for Unicode cell \a c in row \a r.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( const TQChar& c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a copy of \a c. This is a deep copy, if such a
|
|
|
|
lightweight object can be said to have deep copies.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( ushort rc )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( short rc )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( uint rc )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::TQChar( int rc )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQChar::networkOrdered ()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\obsolete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if this character is in network byte order (MSB
|
|
|
|
first); otherwise returns FALSE. This is platform dependent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQChar::isNull() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is the Unicode character 0x0000
|
|
|
|
(ASCII NUL); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn uchar TQChar::cell () const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the cell (least significant byte) of the Unicode
|
|
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn uchar TQChar::row () const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the row (most significant byte) of the Unicode character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a printable character; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE. This is any character not of category Cc or Cn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that this gives no indication of whether the character is
|
|
|
|
available in a particular \link TQFont font\endlink.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isPrint() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return !(c == Other_Control || c == Other_NotAssigned);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a separator character
|
|
|
|
(Separator_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isSpace() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::isSpace( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a mark (Mark_* categories);
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isMark() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return c >= Mark_NonSpacing && c <= Mark_Enclosing;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a punctuation mark (Punctuation_*
|
|
|
|
categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isPunct() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return (c >= Punctuation_Connector && c <= Punctuation_Other);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a letter (Letter_* categories);
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isLetter() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return (c >= Letter_Uppercase && c <= Letter_Other);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a number (of any sort - Number_*
|
|
|
|
categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isDigit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isNumber() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return c >= Number_DecimalDigit && c <= Number_Other;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a letter or number (Letter_* or
|
|
|
|
Number_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isLetterOrNumber() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return (c >= Letter_Uppercase && c <= Letter_Other)
|
|
|
|
|| (c >= Number_DecimalDigit && c <= Number_Other);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a decimal digit
|
|
|
|
(Number_DecimalDigit); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isDigit() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (::category( *this ) == Number_DecimalDigit);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a symbol (Symbol_* categories);
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::isSymbol() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Category c = ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
return c >= Symbol_Math && c <= Symbol_Other;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the numeric value of the digit, or -1 if the character is
|
|
|
|
not a digit.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int TQChar::digitValue() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
register int pos = TQUnicodeTables::decimal_info[row()];
|
|
|
|
if( !pos )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
return TQUnicodeTables::decimal_info[(pos<<8) + cell()];
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
// ##### just latin1
|
|
|
|
if ( ucs < '0' || ucs > '9' )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return ucs - '0';
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the character category.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa Category
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Category TQChar::category() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::category( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the character's direction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa Direction
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Direction TQChar::direction() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::direction( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\warning This function is not supported (it may change to use
|
|
|
|
Unicode character classes).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns information about the joining properties of the character
|
|
|
|
(needed for example, for Arabic).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Joining TQChar::joining() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::joining( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the character is a mirrored character (one that
|
|
|
|
should be reversed if the text direction is reversed); otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQChar::mirrored() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::mirrored( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the mirrored character if this character is a mirrored
|
|
|
|
character, otherwise returns the character itself.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar TQChar::mirroredChar() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::mirroredChar( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
// ### REMOVE ME 4.0
|
|
|
|
static TQString shared_decomp;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\nonreentrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns TQString::null if no
|
|
|
|
decomposition exists.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const TQString &TQChar::decomposition() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
register int pos = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[row()];
|
|
|
|
if(!pos) return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pos = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[(pos<<8)+cell()];
|
|
|
|
if(!pos) return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
pos+=2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 c;
|
|
|
|
while ( (c = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[pos++]) != 0 )
|
|
|
|
s += TQChar( c );
|
|
|
|
// ### In 4.0, return s, and not shared_decomp. shared_decomp
|
|
|
|
// prevents this function from being reentrant.
|
|
|
|
shared_decomp = s;
|
|
|
|
return shared_decomp;
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the tag defining the composition of the character. Returns
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Single if no decomposition exists.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Decomposition TQChar::decompositionTag() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
register int pos = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[row()];
|
|
|
|
if(!pos) return TQChar::Single;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pos = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[(pos<<8)+cell()];
|
|
|
|
if(!pos) return TQChar::Single;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (TQChar::Decomposition) TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[pos];
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return Single; // ########### FIX eg. just latin1
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the combining class for the character as defined in the
|
|
|
|
Unicode standard. This is mainly useful as a positioning hint for
|
|
|
|
marks attached to a base character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The TQt text rendering engine uses this information to correctly
|
|
|
|
position non spacing marks around a base character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
unsigned char TQChar::combiningClass() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::combiningClass( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the lowercase equivalent if the character is uppercase;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns the character itself.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar TQChar::lower() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::lower( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the uppercase equivalent if the character is lowercase;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns the character itself.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQChar TQChar::upper() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ::upper( *this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar::operator char() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the Latin-1 character equivalent to the TQChar, or 0. This
|
|
|
|
is mainly useful for non-internationalized software.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa unicode()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn ushort TQChar::unicode() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the numeric Unicode value equal to the TQChar. Normally,
|
|
|
|
you should use TQChar objects as they are equivalent, but for some
|
|
|
|
low-level tasks (e.g. indexing into an array of Unicode
|
|
|
|
information), this function is useful.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn ushort & TQChar::unicode()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to the numeric Unicode value equal to the
|
|
|
|
TQChar.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
Documentation of TQChar related functions
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c1 and \a c2 are the same Unicode character;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator!=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c1 and \a c2 are not the same Unicode
|
|
|
|
character; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator!=( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator!=( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a c is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is less than
|
|
|
|
that of \a c2, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<=( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is less than or
|
|
|
|
equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<=( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
|
|
|
character \a ch is less than or equal to that of \a c; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is greater than
|
|
|
|
that of \a c2, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>=( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is greater than
|
|
|
|
or equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>=( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
|
|
|
character \a ch is greater than or equal to that of \a c;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is less than
|
|
|
|
that of \a c2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is less than that
|
|
|
|
of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator<( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
|
|
|
character \a ch is less than that of \a c; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is greater than
|
|
|
|
that of \a c2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>( TQChar c, char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is greater than
|
|
|
|
that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int operator>( char ch, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQChar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
|
|
|
character \a ch is greater than that of \a c; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// small class used internally in TQString::Compose()
|
|
|
|
class TQLigature
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
TQLigature( TQChar c );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 first() { cur = ligatures; return cur ? *cur : 0; }
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 next() { return cur && *cur ? *(cur++) : 0; }
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 current() { return cur ? *cur : 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int match(TQString & str, unsigned int index);
|
|
|
|
TQChar head();
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Decomposition tag();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 *ligatures;
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 *cur;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLigature::TQLigature( TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
register int pos = TQUnicodeTables::ligature_info[c.row()];
|
|
|
|
if( !pos )
|
|
|
|
ligatures = 0;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pos = TQUnicodeTables::ligature_info[(pos<<8)+c.cell()];
|
|
|
|
ligatures = (TQ_UINT16 *)&(TQUnicodeTables::ligature_map[pos]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cur = ligatures;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar TQLigature::head()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if(current())
|
|
|
|
return TQChar(TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[current()+1]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar::null;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar::Decomposition TQLigature::tag()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if(current())
|
|
|
|
return (TQChar::Decomposition) TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[current()];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TQChar::Canonical;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQLigature::match(TQString & str, unsigned int index)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
unsigned int i=index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(!current()) return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 lig = current() + 2;
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT16 ch;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ((i < str.length()) && (ch = TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[lig])) {
|
|
|
|
if (str[(int)i] != TQChar(ch))
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
lig++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TQUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[lig])
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return i-index;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// this function is just used in TQString::compose()
|
|
|
|
static inline bool format(TQChar::Decomposition tag, TQString & str,
|
|
|
|
int index, int len)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
unsigned int l = index + len;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int r = index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool left = FALSE, right = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left = ((l < str.length()) &&
|
|
|
|
((str[(int)l].joining() == TQChar::Dual) ||
|
|
|
|
(str[(int)l].joining() == TQChar::Right)));
|
|
|
|
if (r > 0) {
|
|
|
|
r--;
|
|
|
|
//printf("joining(right) = %d\n", str[(int)r].joining());
|
|
|
|
right = (str[(int)r].joining() == TQChar::Dual);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (tag) {
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::Medial:
|
|
|
|
return (left & right);
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::Initial:
|
|
|
|
return (left && !right);
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::Final:
|
|
|
|
return (right);// && !left);
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::Isolated:
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
return (!right && !left);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} // format()
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringData::TQStringData() : TQShared(),
|
|
|
|
unicode(0),
|
|
|
|
ascii(0),
|
|
|
|
len(0),
|
|
|
|
issimpletext(TRUE),
|
|
|
|
maxl(0),
|
|
|
|
islatin1(FALSE),
|
|
|
|
security_unpaged(FALSE) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringData::TQStringData(TQChar *u, uint l, uint m) : TQShared(),
|
|
|
|
unicode(u),
|
|
|
|
ascii(0),
|
|
|
|
len(l),
|
|
|
|
issimpletext(FALSE),
|
|
|
|
maxl(m),
|
|
|
|
islatin1(FALSE),
|
|
|
|
security_unpaged(FALSE) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
mutex = new TQMutex( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringData::~TQStringData() {
|
|
|
|
if ( unicode ) {
|
|
|
|
delete[] ((char*)unicode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( ascii && security_unpaged ) {
|
|
|
|
munlock(ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( ascii ) {
|
|
|
|
delete[] ascii;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( mutex ) {
|
|
|
|
delete mutex;
|
|
|
|
mutex = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQStringData::setDirty() {
|
|
|
|
if ( ascii ) {
|
|
|
|
delete [] ascii;
|
|
|
|
ascii = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
issimpletext = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
TQString::compose() and visual() were developed by Gordon Tisher
|
|
|
|
<tisher@uniserve.ca>, with input from Lars Knoll <knoll@mpi-hd.mpg.de>,
|
|
|
|
who developed the unicode data tables.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\warning This function is not supported in TQt 3.x. It is provided
|
|
|
|
for experimental and illustrative purposes only. It is mainly of
|
|
|
|
interest to those experimenting with Arabic and other
|
|
|
|
composition-rich texts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applies possible ligatures to a TQString. Useful when
|
|
|
|
composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts,
|
|
|
|
but it also makes compositions such as TQChar(0x0041) ('A') and
|
|
|
|
TQChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving TQChar(0x00c4)
|
|
|
|
(German A Umlaut).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::compose()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
|
|
|
unsigned int index=0, len;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int cindex = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar code, head;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQMemArray<TQChar> dia;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString composed = *this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (index < length()) {
|
|
|
|
code = at(index);
|
|
|
|
//printf("\n\nligature for 0x%x:\n", code.unicode());
|
|
|
|
TQLigature ligature(code);
|
|
|
|
ligature.first();
|
|
|
|
while ( ligature.current() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ((len = ligature.match(*this, index)) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
head = ligature.head();
|
|
|
|
unsigned short code = head.unicode();
|
|
|
|
// we exclude Arabic presentation forms A and a few
|
|
|
|
// other ligatures, which are undefined in most fonts
|
|
|
|
if(!(code > 0xfb50 && code < 0xfe80) &&
|
|
|
|
!(code > 0xfb00 && code < 0xfb2a)) {
|
|
|
|
// joining info is only needed for Arabic
|
|
|
|
if (format(ligature.tag(), *this, index, len)) {
|
|
|
|
//printf("using ligature 0x%x, len=%d\n",code,len);
|
|
|
|
// replace letter
|
|
|
|
composed.replace(cindex, len, TQChar(head));
|
|
|
|
index += len-1;
|
|
|
|
// we continue searching in case we have a final
|
|
|
|
// form because medial ones are preferred.
|
|
|
|
if ( len != 1 || ligature.tag() !=TQChar::Final )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ligature.next();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cindex++;
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*this = composed;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// These macros are used for efficient allocation of TQChar strings.
|
|
|
|
// IMPORTANT! If you change these, make sure you also change the
|
|
|
|
// "delete unicode" statement in ~TQStringData() in ntqstring.h correspondingly!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( N ) (TQChar*) new char[ sizeof(TQChar)*( N ) ]
|
|
|
|
#define QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( P ) delete[] ((char*)( P ))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This utility function converts the 8-bit string \a ba to Unicode,
|
|
|
|
returning the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
|
|
|
|
delete[].
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar* TQString::latin1ToUnicode( const TQByteArray& ba, uint* len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ba.isNull() ) {
|
|
|
|
*len = 0;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int l = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
|
|
|
|
l++;
|
|
|
|
char* str = ba.data();
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = new TQChar[ l ]; // Can't use macro, since function is public
|
|
|
|
TQChar *result = uc;
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
*len = l;
|
|
|
|
while (l--)
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *str++;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const TQByteArray& ba, uint* len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ba.isNull() ) {
|
|
|
|
*len = 0;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int l = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
|
|
|
|
l++;
|
|
|
|
char* str = ba.data();
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
|
|
|
TQChar *result = uc;
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
*len = l;
|
|
|
|
while (l--)
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *str++;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This utility function converts the '\0'-terminated 8-bit string \a
|
|
|
|
str to Unicode, returning the result and setting \a *len to the
|
|
|
|
length of the Unicode string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
|
|
|
|
delete[].
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar* TQString::latin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len, uint maxlen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQChar* result = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint l = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( str ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( l < maxlen && str[l] )
|
|
|
|
l++;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Faster?
|
|
|
|
l = int(strlen( str ));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = new TQChar[ l ]; // Can't use macro since function is public
|
|
|
|
result = uc;
|
|
|
|
uint i = l;
|
|
|
|
while ( i-- )
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *str++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
*len = l;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len, uint maxlen = (uint)-1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQChar* result = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint l = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( str ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( l < maxlen && str[l] ) {
|
|
|
|
l++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// Faster?
|
|
|
|
l = int(strlen( str ));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
|
|
|
result = uc;
|
|
|
|
uint i = l;
|
|
|
|
while ( i-- ) {
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *str++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( len ) {
|
|
|
|
*len = l;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
ABI compatibility
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char* TQString::unicodeToLatin1(const TQChar *uc, uint l)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return unicodeToLatin1(uc, l, false);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This utility function converts \a l 16-bit characters from \a uc
|
|
|
|
to ASCII, returning a '\0'-terminated string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The caller is responsible for deleting the resultant string with
|
|
|
|
delete[].
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
char* TQString::unicodeToLatin1(const TQChar *uc, uint l, bool unpaged)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (!uc) {
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
char *a = new char[l+1];
|
|
|
|
char *result = a;
|
|
|
|
if (unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
mlock(result, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (l--) {
|
|
|
|
*a++ = (uc->unicode() > 0xff) ? '?' : (char)uc->unicode();
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*a = '\0';
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
TQString member functions
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQString ntqstring.h
|
|
|
|
\reentrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
|
|
|
|
and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup tools
|
|
|
|
\ingroup shared
|
|
|
|
\ingroup text
|
|
|
|
\mainclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString uses \link shclass.html implicit sharing\endlink, which
|
|
|
|
makes it very efficient and easy to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In all of the TQString methods that take \c {const char *}
|
|
|
|
parameters, the \c {const char *} is interpreted as a classic
|
|
|
|
C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the \c
|
|
|
|
{const char *} parameter to be 0. If the \c {const char *} is not
|
|
|
|
'\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy
|
|
|
|
classic C strings into a TQString will not copy the terminating
|
|
|
|
'\0' character. The TQChar array of the TQString (as returned by
|
|
|
|
unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to
|
|
|
|
pass a TQString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated
|
|
|
|
string use latin1().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\keyword TQString::null
|
|
|
|
A TQString that has not been assigned to anything is \e null, i.e.
|
|
|
|
both the length and data pointer is 0. A TQString that references
|
|
|
|
the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is \e empty. Both null
|
|
|
|
and empty TQStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning
|
|
|
|
\c{(const char *) 0} to TQString gives a null TQString. For
|
|
|
|
convenience, \c TQString::null is a null TQString. When sorting,
|
|
|
|
empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed
|
|
|
|
by null strings. We recommend using \c{if ( !str.isNull() )} to
|
|
|
|
check for a non-null string rather than \c{if ( !str )}; see \l
|
|
|
|
operator!() for an explanation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of \l TQCString,
|
|
|
|
TQString, and \l TQByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary
|
|
|
|
copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you
|
|
|
|
are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit
|
|
|
|
data, use \l TQCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's)
|
|
|
|
8-bit data, use \l TQByteArray; if it is text, use TQString.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lists of strings are handled by the TQStringList class. You can
|
|
|
|
split a string into a list of strings using TQStringList::split(),
|
|
|
|
and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional
|
|
|
|
separator using TQStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of
|
|
|
|
strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or
|
|
|
|
that match a particular \link ntqregexp.html regex\endlink using
|
|
|
|
TQStringList::grep().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<b>Note for C programmers</b>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to C++'s type system and the fact that TQString is implicitly
|
|
|
|
shared, TQStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base
|
|
|
|
types. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString boolToString( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
if ( b )
|
|
|
|
result = "True";
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
result = "False";
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable, result, is an auto variable allocated on the stack.
|
|
|
|
When return is called, because we're returning by value, The copy
|
|
|
|
constructor is called and a copy of the string is returned. (No
|
|
|
|
actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit sharing, see
|
|
|
|
below.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughout TQt's source code you will encounter TQString usages like
|
|
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString func( const TQString& input )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString output = input;
|
|
|
|
// process output
|
|
|
|
return output;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a
|
|
|
|
pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by
|
|
|
|
incrementing a reference count. TQString (like all TQt's implicitly
|
|
|
|
shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if
|
|
|
|
an instance is actually changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you wish to create a deep copy of a TQString without losing any
|
|
|
|
Unicode information then you should use TQDeepCopy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQChar TQCString TQByteArray TQConstString
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \enum TQt::ComparisonFlags
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQt::StringComparisonMode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type is used to set the string comparison mode when
|
|
|
|
searching for an item. It is used by TQListBox, TQListView and
|
|
|
|
TQIconView, for example. We'll refer to the string being searched
|
|
|
|
as the 'target' string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value CaseSensitive The strings must match case sensitively.
|
|
|
|
\value ExactMatch The target and search strings must match exactly.
|
|
|
|
\value BeginsWith The target string begins with the search string.
|
|
|
|
\value EndsWith The target string ends with the search string.
|
|
|
|
\value Contains The target string contains the search string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you OR these flags together (excluding \c CaseSensitive), the
|
|
|
|
search criteria be applied in the following order: \c ExactMatch,
|
|
|
|
\c BeginsWith, \c EndsWith, \c Contains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Matching is case-insensitive unless \c CaseSensitive is set. \c
|
|
|
|
CaseSensitive can be OR-ed with any combination of the other
|
|
|
|
flags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Q_EXPORT TQStringData *TQString::shared_null = 0;
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQString TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQChar TQChar::null;
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQChar TQChar::replacement((ushort)0xfffd);
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQChar TQChar::byteOrderMark((ushort)0xfeff);
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQChar TQChar::byteOrderSwapped((ushort)0xfffe);
|
|
|
|
QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL TQChar TQChar::nbsp((ushort)0x00a0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStringData* TQString::makeSharedNull()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_sharedStringMutex) tqt_sharedStringMutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TQString::shared_null) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_sharedStringMutex) tqt_sharedStringMutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
return TQString::shared_null;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::shared_null = new TQStringData;
|
|
|
|
#if defined( Q_OS_MAC ) || defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS) || defined(Q_OS_HPUX) || defined(Q_OS_AIX)
|
|
|
|
TQString *that = const_cast<TQString *>(&TQString::null);
|
|
|
|
that->d = TQString::shared_null;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if (tqt_sharedStringMutex) tqt_sharedStringMutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
return TQString::shared_null;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString::TQString()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer
|
|
|
|
are 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME
|
|
|
|
// Original Qt3 code stated that there is
|
|
|
|
// "No safe way to pre-init shared_null on ALL compilers/linkers"
|
|
|
|
// Is this still true?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString() :
|
|
|
|
d(0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string of length one, containing the character \a ch.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( TQChar ch )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( 1 ), 1, 1 );
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[0] = ch;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs an implicitly shared copy of \a s. This is very fast
|
|
|
|
since it only involves incrementing a reference count.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( const TQString &s ) :
|
|
|
|
d(s.d)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d->ref();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string with preallocated space for \a size characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The string is empty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( int size, bool /*dummy*/ )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( size ) {
|
|
|
|
int l = size;
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( uc, 0, l );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
d = shared_null ? shared_null : (shared_null=new TQStringData);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a ba interpreted as a
|
|
|
|
classic C string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( const TQByteArray& ba )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
d = 0;
|
|
|
|
*this = fromAscii( ba.data(), ba.size() );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint l;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(ba,&l);
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData(uc,l,l);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first \a length
|
|
|
|
characters in the TQChar array.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a unicode and \a length are 0, then a null string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If only \a unicode is 0, the string is empty but has \a length
|
|
|
|
characters of space preallocated: TQString expands automatically
|
|
|
|
anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend
|
|
|
|
using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since
|
|
|
|
it will result in more readable code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull() setLength()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !unicode && !length ) {
|
|
|
|
d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
|
|
|
|
if ( unicode ) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(uc, unicode, length*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData(uc,unicode ? length : 0,length);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as
|
|
|
|
a classic C string. The encoding is assumed to be Latin-1, unless
|
|
|
|
you change it using TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a
|
|
|
|
Latin-1 \c{const char *} to TQString preserves all the information. You
|
|
|
|
can disable this constructor by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII when
|
|
|
|
you compile your applications. You can also make TQString objects
|
|
|
|
by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and
|
|
|
|
fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data
|
|
|
|
you have.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), fromAscii()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( const char *str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
d = 0;
|
|
|
|
*this = fromAscii( str );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint l;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str,&l);
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData(uc,l,l);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_STL
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as fromAscii(\a str).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( const std::string &str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
d = 0;
|
|
|
|
*this = fromAscii( str.c_str() );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint l;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str.c_str(),&l);
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData(uc,l,l);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::TQString( TQStringData* dd, bool /* dummy */ ) {
|
|
|
|
d = dd;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString::~TQString()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the
|
|
|
|
last reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString::~TQString()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
if (!d) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::~TQString: Double free or delete detected!" );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( d->deref() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( d != shared_null ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->deleteSelf();
|
|
|
|
d = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Deallocates any space reserved solely by this TQString.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the string does not share its data with another TQString
|
|
|
|
instance, nothing happens; otherwise the function creates a new,
|
|
|
|
unique copy of this string. This function is called whenever the
|
|
|
|
string is modified.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::real_detach()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setLength( length() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::deref()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( d ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( d->deref() ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( d != shared_null ) {
|
|
|
|
delete d;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQStringData::deleteSelf()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
delete this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::operator=( TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::operator=( const std::string& s )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Makes a deep copy of \a s and returns a reference to the deep
|
|
|
|
copy.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::operator=( char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assigns a shallow copy of \a s to this string and returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to this string. This is very fast because the string
|
|
|
|
isn't actually copied.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operator=( const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
s.d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
s.d->ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
s.d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = s.d;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assigns a deep copy of \a cstr, interpreted as a classic C
|
|
|
|
string, to this string. Returns a reference to this string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operator=( const TQCString& cstr )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return setAscii( cstr );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assigns a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a classic C string
|
|
|
|
to this string and returns a reference to this string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operator=( const char *str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return setAscii(str);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQString::isNull() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A
|
|
|
|
null string is always empty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString a; // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0
|
|
|
|
a.isNull(); // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0
|
|
|
|
a.isEmpty(); // TRUE, because a.length() == 0
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isEmpty(), length()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQString::isEmpty() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString a( "" );
|
|
|
|
a.isEmpty(); // TRUE
|
|
|
|
a.isNull(); // FALSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString b;
|
|
|
|
b.isEmpty(); // TRUE
|
|
|
|
b.isNull(); // TRUE
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), length()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn uint TQString::length() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the length of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Null strings and empty strings have zero length.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a newLen is less than the length of the string, then the
|
|
|
|
string is truncated at position \a newLen. Otherwise nothing
|
|
|
|
happens.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s = "truncate me";
|
|
|
|
s.truncate( 5 ); // s == "trunc"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setLength()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::truncate( uint newLen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( newLen < d->len )
|
|
|
|
setLength( newLen );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Ensures that at least \a newLen characters are allocated to the
|
|
|
|
string, and sets the length of the string to \a newLen. Any new
|
|
|
|
space allocated contains arbitrary data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa reserve(), truncate()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::setLength( uint newLen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( d->count != 1 || newLen > d->maxl ||
|
|
|
|
( newLen * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
|
|
|
|
// detach, grow or shrink
|
|
|
|
uint newMax = computeNewMax( newLen );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
|
|
|
if ( nd ) {
|
|
|
|
uint len = TQMIN( d->len, newLen );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(TQChar) * len );
|
|
|
|
bool unpaged = d->security_unpaged;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( nd, newLen, newMax );
|
|
|
|
setSecurityUnPaged(unpaged);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
d->len = newLen;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->setDirty();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn uint TQString::capacity() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of characters this string can hold
|
|
|
|
in the allocated memory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa reserve(), squeeze()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Ensures that at least \a minCapacity characters are allocated to
|
|
|
|
the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
|
|
|
|
string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
|
|
|
|
we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
|
|
|
|
we're fairly sure that size is big enough:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
int len = 0;
|
|
|
|
result.reserve(maxLen);
|
|
|
|
while (...) {
|
|
|
|
result[len++] = ... // fill part of the space
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.squeeze();
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \e maxLen is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is
|
|
|
|
that the loop will slow down.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string
|
|
|
|
remains unchanged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa capacity(), squeeze(), setLength()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::reserve( uint minCapacity )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( d->maxl < minCapacity ) {
|
|
|
|
TQChar *nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( minCapacity );
|
|
|
|
if ( nd ) {
|
|
|
|
uint len = d->len;
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(TQChar) * len );
|
|
|
|
bool unpaged = d->security_unpaged;
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( nd, len, minCapacity );
|
|
|
|
setSecurityUnPaged(unpaged);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Squeezes the string's capacity to the current content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa capacity(), reserve()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::squeeze()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( d->maxl > d->len ) {
|
|
|
|
TQChar *nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( d->len );
|
|
|
|
if ( nd ) {
|
|
|
|
uint len = d->len;
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(TQChar) * len );
|
|
|
|
bool unpaged = d->security_unpaged;
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( nd, len, len );
|
|
|
|
setSecurityUnPaged(unpaged);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Like setLength, but doesn't shrink the allocated memory.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::grow( uint newLen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( d->count != 1 || newLen > d->maxl ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
setLength( newLen );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
d->len = newLen;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->setDirty();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ArgEscapeData
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint min_escape; // lowest escape sequence number
|
|
|
|
uint occurrences; // number of occurences of the lowest escape
|
|
|
|
// sequence number
|
|
|
|
uint locale_occurrences; // number of occurences of the lowest escape
|
|
|
|
// sequence number which contain 'L'
|
|
|
|
uint escape_len; // total length of escape sequences which will
|
|
|
|
// be replaced
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static ArgEscapeData findArgEscapes(const TQString &s)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ArgEscapeData d;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d.min_escape = 10;
|
|
|
|
d.occurrences = 0;
|
|
|
|
d.escape_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
d.locale_occurrences = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *c = uc_begin;
|
|
|
|
while (c != uc_end) {
|
|
|
|
while (c != uc_end && c->unicode() != '%')
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (c == uc_end || ++c == uc_end)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool locale_arg = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
|
|
|
|
locale_arg = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (++c == uc_end)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (c->unicode() < '0' || c->unicode() > '9')
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint escape = c->unicode() - '0';
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (escape > d.min_escape)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (escape < d.min_escape) {
|
|
|
|
d.min_escape = escape;
|
|
|
|
d.occurrences = 0;
|
|
|
|
d.escape_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
d.locale_occurrences = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if TQT_VERSION < 0x040000
|
|
|
|
// ### remove preprocessor in TQt 4.0
|
|
|
|
/* Since in TQt < 4.0 only the first instance is replaced,
|
|
|
|
escape_len should hold the length of only the first escape
|
|
|
|
sequence */
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences == 0)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++d.occurrences;
|
|
|
|
if (locale_arg) {
|
|
|
|
++d.locale_occurrences;
|
|
|
|
d.escape_len += 3;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
d.escape_len += 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return d;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQString replaceArgEscapes(const TQString &s, const ArgEscapeData &d, int field_width,
|
|
|
|
const TQString &arg, const TQString &larg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint abs_field_width = TQABS(field_width);
|
|
|
|
uint result_len = s.length()
|
|
|
|
- d.escape_len
|
|
|
|
+ (d.occurrences - d.locale_occurrences)
|
|
|
|
*TQMAX(abs_field_width, arg.length())
|
|
|
|
+ d.locale_occurrences
|
|
|
|
*TQMAX(abs_field_width, larg.length());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
result.setLength(result_len);
|
|
|
|
TQChar *result_buff = (TQChar*) result.unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar *rc = result_buff;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *c = uc_begin;
|
|
|
|
uint repl_cnt = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (c != uc_end) {
|
|
|
|
/* We don't have to check if we run off the end of the string with c,
|
|
|
|
because as long as d.occurrences > 0 we KNOW there are valid escape
|
|
|
|
sequences. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *text_start = c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (c->unicode() != '%')
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *escape_start = c++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool locale_arg = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
|
|
|
|
locale_arg = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (c->unicode() != '0' + d.min_escape) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(rc, text_start, (c - text_start)*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
rc += c - text_start;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(rc, text_start, (escape_start - text_start)*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
rc += escape_start - text_start;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint pad_chars;
|
|
|
|
if (locale_arg)
|
|
|
|
pad_chars = TQMAX(abs_field_width, larg.length()) - larg.length();
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pad_chars = TQMAX(abs_field_width, arg.length()) - arg.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (field_width > 0) { // left padded
|
|
|
|
for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
|
|
|
|
(rc++)->unicode() = ' ';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (locale_arg) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(rc, larg.unicode(), larg.length()*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
rc += larg.length();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(rc, arg.unicode(), arg.length()*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
rc += arg.length();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (field_width < 0) { // right padded
|
|
|
|
for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
|
|
|
|
(rc++)->unicode() = ' ';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (++repl_cnt == d.occurrences) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(rc, c, (uc_end - c)*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
rc += uc_end - c;
|
|
|
|
Q_ASSERT(rc - result_buff == (int)result_len);
|
|
|
|
c = uc_end;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function will return a string that replaces the lowest
|
|
|
|
numbered occurrence of \c %1, \c %2, ..., \c %9 with \a a.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \a fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
|
|
|
|
\a a is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned
|
|
|
|
text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string
|
|
|
|
when processing a list of files:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString status = TQString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" )
|
|
|
|
.arg( i ) // current file's number
|
|
|
|
.arg( total ) // number of files to process
|
|
|
|
.arg( fileName ); // current file's name
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done
|
|
|
|
in the example above. But note that using arg() to construct
|
|
|
|
natural language sentences does not usually translate well into
|
|
|
|
other languages because sentence structure and word order often
|
|
|
|
differ between languages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there is no place marker (\c %1, \c %2, etc.), a warning
|
|
|
|
message (tqWarning()) is output and the result is undefined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning If any placeholder occurs more than once, the result is undefined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %s", latin1(),
|
|
|
|
a.latin1() );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, a, a);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2 ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2), except that
|
|
|
|
the strings are replaced in one pass. This can make a difference
|
|
|
|
if \a a1 contains e.g. \c{%1}:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str( "%1 %2" );
|
|
|
|
str.arg( "Hello", "world" ); // returns "Hello world"
|
|
|
|
str.arg( "Hello" ).arg( "world" ); // returns "Hello world"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
str.arg( "(%1)", "Hello" ); // returns "(%1) Hello"
|
|
|
|
str.arg( "(%1)" ).arg( "Hello" ); // returns "(Hello) %2"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
|
|
|
|
const TQString& a3 ) const
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as calling str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2).arg(\a a3),
|
|
|
|
except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
|
|
|
|
const TQString& a3, const TQString& a4 ) const
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as calling
|
|
|
|
str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2).arg(\a a3).arg(\a a4),
|
|
|
|
except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \a fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
|
|
|
|
\a a is padded to. A positive value will produce a right-aligned
|
|
|
|
number, whereas a negative value will produce a left-aligned
|
|
|
|
number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
|
|
|
|
replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion
|
|
|
|
uses the default locale. The default locale is determined from the
|
|
|
|
system's locale settings at application startup. It can be changed
|
|
|
|
using TQLocale::setDefault(). The 'L' flag is ignored if \a base is
|
|
|
|
not 10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str;
|
|
|
|
str = TQString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" )
|
|
|
|
.arg( 63, 0, 16 );
|
|
|
|
// str == "Decimal 63 is 3f in hexadecimal"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::English, TQLocale::UnitedStates);
|
|
|
|
str = TQString( "%1 %L2 %L3" )
|
|
|
|
.arg( 12345 )
|
|
|
|
.arg( 12345 )
|
|
|
|
.arg( 12345, 0, 16 );
|
|
|
|
// str == "12345 12,345 3039"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( long a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return arg((TQ_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( ulong a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return arg((TQ_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %lld", latin1(),
|
|
|
|
a );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
|
|
|
arg = number(a, base);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString locale_arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale;
|
|
|
|
locale_arg = locale.d->longLongToString(a, -1, base, -1, TQLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %llu", latin1(),
|
|
|
|
a );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
|
|
|
arg = number(a, base);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString locale_arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale;
|
|
|
|
locale_arg = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, -1, TQLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( int a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( uint a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( short a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
|
|
|
be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
|
|
|
|
to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a a is assumed to be in the Latin-1 character set.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( char a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString c;
|
|
|
|
c += a;
|
|
|
|
return arg( c, fieldWidth );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( TQChar a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString c;
|
|
|
|
c += a;
|
|
|
|
return arg( c, fieldWidth );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target arg-formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argument \a a is formatted according to the \a fmt format specified,
|
|
|
|
which is 'g' by default and can be any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\table
|
|
|
|
\header \i Format \i Meaning
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
|
|
|
\endtable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
|
|
|
|
decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
double d = 12.34;
|
|
|
|
TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
|
|
|
|
.arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
|
|
|
|
// ds == "'E' format, precision 3, gives 1.234E+01"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::arg( double a, int fieldWidth, char fmt, int prec ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %g", latin1(),
|
|
|
|
a );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
|
|
|
arg = number(a, fmt, prec);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString locale_arg;
|
|
|
|
if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
|
|
|
uint flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qIsUpper(fmt))
|
|
|
|
flags = TQLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
|
|
|
fmt = qToLower(fmt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (fmt) {
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'g':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", fmt );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
locale_arg = locale.d->doubleToString(a, prec, form, -1, flags);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::multiArg( int numArgs, const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
|
|
|
|
const TQString& a3, const TQString& a4 ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
|
|
int digitUsed[10];
|
|
|
|
int argForDigit[10];
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *uc = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
const TQString *args[4];
|
|
|
|
const int len = (int) length();
|
|
|
|
const int end = len - 1;
|
|
|
|
int lastDigit = -1;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memset( digitUsed, 0, sizeof(digitUsed) );
|
|
|
|
args[0] = &a1;
|
|
|
|
args[1] = &a2;
|
|
|
|
args[2] = &a3;
|
|
|
|
args[3] = &a4;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < end; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( uc[i] == '%' ) {
|
|
|
|
int digit = uc[i + 1].unicode() - '0';
|
|
|
|
if ( digit >= 0 && digit <= 9 )
|
|
|
|
digitUsed[digit]++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numArgs; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
++lastDigit;
|
|
|
|
} while ( lastDigit < 10 && digitUsed[lastDigit] == 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( lastDigit == 10 ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %s",
|
|
|
|
latin1(), args[i]->latin1() );
|
|
|
|
numArgs = i;
|
|
|
|
lastDigit = 9;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
argForDigit[lastDigit] = i;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( i < len ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( uc[i] == '%' && i != end ) {
|
|
|
|
int digit = uc[i + 1].unicode() - '0';
|
|
|
|
if ( digit >= 0 && digit <= lastDigit ) {
|
|
|
|
result += *args[argForDigit[digit]];
|
|
|
|
i += 2;
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result += uc[i++];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Safely builds a formatted string from the format string \a cformat
|
|
|
|
and an arbitrary list of arguments. The format string supports all
|
|
|
|
the escape sequences of printf() in the standard C library.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format
|
|
|
|
string \e cformat is expected to be in latin1. If you need a
|
|
|
|
Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string
|
|
|
|
building, with full Unicode support, you can use TQTextOStream like
|
|
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str;
|
|
|
|
TQString s = ...;
|
|
|
|
int x = ...;
|
|
|
|
TQTextOStream( &str ) << s << " : " << x;
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For \link TQObject::tr() translations,\endlink especially if the
|
|
|
|
strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should
|
|
|
|
consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order
|
|
|
|
of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has
|
|
|
|
Unicode support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort
|
|
|
|
(as returned by TQChar::unicode()).
|
|
|
|
The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated
|
|
|
|
array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by
|
|
|
|
TQString::ucs2()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa arg()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::sprintf( const char* cformat, ... )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
|
|
va_start( ap, cformat );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !cformat || !*cformat ) {
|
|
|
|
// TQt 1.x compat
|
|
|
|
*this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse cformat
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
const char *c = cformat;
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
// Copy non-escape chars to result
|
|
|
|
while (*c != '\0' && *c != '%')
|
|
|
|
result.append(*c++);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0')
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Found '%'
|
|
|
|
const char *escape_start = c;
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0') {
|
|
|
|
result.append('%'); // a % at the end of the string - treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '%') {
|
|
|
|
result.append('%'); // %%
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse flag characters
|
|
|
|
unsigned flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
bool no_more_flags = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
switch (*c) {
|
|
|
|
case '#': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::Alternate; break;
|
|
|
|
case '0': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; break;
|
|
|
|
case '-': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted; break;
|
|
|
|
case ' ': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::BlankBeforePositive; break;
|
|
|
|
case '+': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::AlwaysShowSign; break;
|
|
|
|
case '\'': flags |= TQLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup; break;
|
|
|
|
default: no_more_flags = TRUE; break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!no_more_flags)
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
} while (!no_more_flags);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0') {
|
|
|
|
result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse field width
|
|
|
|
int width = -1; // -1 means unspecified
|
|
|
|
if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
|
|
|
|
TQString width_str;
|
|
|
|
while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
|
|
|
|
width_str.append(*c++);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// can't be negative - started with a digit
|
|
|
|
// contains at least one digit
|
|
|
|
width = width_str.toInt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (*c == '*') {
|
|
|
|
width = va_arg(ap, int);
|
|
|
|
if (width < 0)
|
|
|
|
width = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0') {
|
|
|
|
result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse precision
|
|
|
|
int precision = -1; // -1 means unspecified
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '.') {
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
|
|
|
|
TQString precision_str;
|
|
|
|
while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
|
|
|
|
precision_str.append(*c++);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// can't be negative - started with a digit
|
|
|
|
// contains at least one digit
|
|
|
|
precision = precision_str.toInt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (*c == '*') {
|
|
|
|
precision = va_arg(ap, int);
|
|
|
|
if (precision < 0)
|
|
|
|
precision = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0') {
|
|
|
|
result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse the length modifier
|
|
|
|
enum LengthMod { lm_none, lm_hh, lm_h, lm_l, lm_ll, lm_L, lm_j, lm_z, lm_t };
|
|
|
|
LengthMod length_mod = lm_none;
|
|
|
|
switch (*c) {
|
|
|
|
case 'h':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
if (*c == 'h') {
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_hh;
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_h;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'l':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
if (*c == 'l') {
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_ll;
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_l;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'L':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_L;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'j':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_j;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'z':
|
|
|
|
case 'Z':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_z;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
length_mod = lm_t;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*c == '\0') {
|
|
|
|
result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Parse the conversion specifier and do the conversion
|
|
|
|
TQString subst;
|
|
|
|
switch (*c) {
|
|
|
|
case 'd':
|
|
|
|
case 'i': {
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG i;
|
|
|
|
switch (length_mod) {
|
|
|
|
case lm_none: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_hh: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_h: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_l: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_ll: i = va_arg(ap, TQ_LLONG); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_j: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_z: i = va_arg(ap, size_t); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_t: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
|
|
|
default: i = 0; break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
subst = locale.d->longLongToString(i, precision, 10, width, flags);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 'o':
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
case 'x':
|
|
|
|
case 'X': {
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG u;
|
|
|
|
switch (length_mod) {
|
|
|
|
case lm_none: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_hh: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_h: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_l: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned long int); break;
|
|
|
|
case lm_ll: u = va_arg(ap, TQ_ULLONG); break;
|
|
|
|
default: u = 0; break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qIsUpper(*c))
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int base = 10;
|
|
|
|
switch (qToLower(*c)) {
|
|
|
|
case 'o':
|
|
|
|
base = 8; break;
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
base = 10; break;
|
|
|
|
case 'x':
|
|
|
|
base = 16; break;
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
subst = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(u, precision, base, width, flags);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 'E':
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
case 'F':
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
case 'G':
|
|
|
|
case 'g':
|
|
|
|
case 'A':
|
|
|
|
case 'a': {
|
|
|
|
double d;
|
|
|
|
if (length_mod == lm_L)
|
|
|
|
d = va_arg(ap, long double); // not supported - converted to a double
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
d = va_arg(ap, double);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qIsUpper(*c))
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
|
|
|
switch (qToLower(*c)) {
|
|
|
|
case 'e': form = TQLocalePrivate::DFExponent; break;
|
|
|
|
case 'a': // not supported - decimal form used instead
|
|
|
|
case 'f': form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; break;
|
|
|
|
case 'g': form = TQLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; break;
|
|
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
subst = locale.d->doubleToString(d, precision, form, width, flags);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 'c': {
|
|
|
|
if (length_mod == lm_l)
|
|
|
|
subst = TQChar((ushort) va_arg(ap, int));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
subst = (uchar) va_arg(ap, int);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 's': {
|
|
|
|
if (length_mod == lm_l) {
|
|
|
|
const ushort *buff = va_arg(ap, const ushort*);
|
|
|
|
const ushort *ch = buff;
|
|
|
|
while (*ch != 0)
|
|
|
|
++ch;
|
|
|
|
subst.setUnicodeCodes(buff, ch - buff);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
subst = TQString::fromUtf8(va_arg(ap, const char*));
|
|
|
|
if (precision != -1)
|
|
|
|
subst.truncate(precision);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 'p': {
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG i;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN64
|
|
|
|
i = (TQ_ULLONG) va_arg(ap, void*);
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
i = (TQ_ULONG) va_arg(ap, void*);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX; // Windows does 1234ABCD
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQLocalePrivate::Alternate; // Unix and Mac do 0x1234abcd
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subst = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(i, precision, 16, width, flags);
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case 'n':
|
|
|
|
switch (length_mod) {
|
|
|
|
case lm_hh: {
|
|
|
|
signed char *n = va_arg(ap, signed char*);
|
|
|
|
*n = result.length();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case lm_h: {
|
|
|
|
short int *n = va_arg(ap, short int*);
|
|
|
|
*n = result.length();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case lm_l: {
|
|
|
|
long int *n = va_arg(ap, long int*);
|
|
|
|
*n = result.length();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case lm_ll: {
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG *n = va_arg(ap, TQ_LLONG*);
|
|
|
|
volatile uint tmp = result.length(); // egcs-2.91.66 gets internal
|
|
|
|
*n = tmp; // compiler error without volatile
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default: {
|
|
|
|
int *n = va_arg(ap, int*);
|
|
|
|
*n = result.length();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++c;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default: // bad escape, treat as non-escape text
|
|
|
|
for (const char *cc = escape_start; cc != c; ++cc)
|
|
|
|
result.append(*cc);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & TQLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted)
|
|
|
|
result.append(subst.leftJustify(width));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
result.append(subst.rightJustify(width));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
|
|
*this = result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Fills the string with \a len characters of value \a c, and returns
|
|
|
|
a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a len is negative (the default), the current string length is
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str;
|
|
|
|
str.fill( 'g', 5 ); // string == "ggggg"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString& TQString::fill( TQChar c, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( len < 0 )
|
|
|
|
len = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
*this = "";
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
bool unpaged = d->security_unpaged;
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
TQChar * nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData(nd,len,len);
|
|
|
|
setSecurityUnPaged(unpaged);
|
|
|
|
while (len--) *nd++ = c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::copy() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\obsolete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In TQt 2.0 and later, all calls to this function are needless. Just
|
|
|
|
remove them.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finds the first occurrence of the character \a c, starting at
|
|
|
|
position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at the
|
|
|
|
last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on.
|
|
|
|
(See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of \a c or -1 if \a c could not be found.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::find( TQChar c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const uint l = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( index < 0 )
|
|
|
|
index += l;
|
|
|
|
if ( (uint)index >= l )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *uc = unicode()+index;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *end = unicode() + l;
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( uc < end && *uc != c )
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
c = ::lower( c );
|
|
|
|
while ( uc < end && ::lower( *uc ) != c )
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( uint(uc - unicode()) >= l )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
return (int)(uc - unicode());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* an implementation of the Boyer-Moore search algorithm
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* initializes the skiptable to know haw far ahead we can skip on a wrong match
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void bm_init_skiptable( const TQString &pattern, uint *skiptable, bool cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
register uint *st = skiptable;
|
|
|
|
int l = pattern.length();
|
|
|
|
while ( i++ < 0x100/8 ) {
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
*(st++) = l;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = pattern.unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- ) {
|
|
|
|
skiptable[ uc->cell() ] = l;
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- ) {
|
|
|
|
skiptable[ ::lower( *uc ).cell() ] = l;
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int bm_find( const TQString &str, int index, const TQString &pattern, uint *skiptable, bool cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const uint l = str.length();
|
|
|
|
if ( pattern.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return index > (int)l ? -1 : index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = str.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *puc = pattern.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const uint pl = pattern.length();
|
|
|
|
const uint pl_minus_one = pl - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *current = uc + index + pl_minus_one;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *end = uc + l;
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( current < end ) {
|
|
|
|
uint skip = skiptable[ current->cell() ];
|
|
|
|
if ( !skip ) {
|
|
|
|
// possible match
|
|
|
|
while ( skip < pl ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( *(current - skip ) != puc[pl_minus_one-skip] )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
skip++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( skip > pl_minus_one ) { // we have a match
|
|
|
|
return (current - uc) - skip + 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// in case we don't have a match we are a bit inefficient as we only skip by one
|
|
|
|
// when we have the non matching char in the string.
|
|
|
|
if ( skiptable[ (current-skip)->cell() ] == pl )
|
|
|
|
skip = pl - skip;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
skip = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
current += skip;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
while ( current < end ) {
|
|
|
|
uint skip = skiptable[ ::lower( *current ).cell() ];
|
|
|
|
if ( !skip ) {
|
|
|
|
// possible match
|
|
|
|
while ( skip < pl ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ::lower( *(current - skip) ) != ::lower( puc[pl_minus_one-skip] ) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
skip++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( skip > pl_minus_one ) // we have a match
|
|
|
|
return (current - uc) - skip + 1;
|
|
|
|
// in case we don't have a match we are a bit inefficient as we only skip by one
|
|
|
|
// when we have the non matching char in the string.
|
|
|
|
if ( skiptable[ ::lower(*(current - skip)).cell() ] == pl )
|
|
|
|
skip = pl - skip;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
skip = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
current += skip;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// not found
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define REHASH( a ) \
|
|
|
|
if ( sl_minus_1 < sizeof(uint) * CHAR_BIT ) \
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack <<= 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
|
|
|
|
position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at the
|
|
|
|
last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so
|
|
|
|
on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::find( const TQString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const uint l = length();
|
|
|
|
const uint sl = str.length();
|
|
|
|
if ( index < 0 )
|
|
|
|
index += l;
|
|
|
|
if ( sl + index > l )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if ( !sl )
|
|
|
|
return index;
|
|
|
|
if (!l)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION >= 0x1020
|
|
|
|
if ( sl == 1 )
|
|
|
|
return find( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// we use the Boyer-Moore algorithm in cases where the overhead
|
|
|
|
// for the hash table should pay off, otherwise we use a simple
|
|
|
|
// hash function
|
|
|
|
if ( l > 500 && sl > 5 ) {
|
|
|
|
uint skiptable[0x100];
|
|
|
|
bm_init_skiptable( str, skiptable, cs );
|
|
|
|
return bm_find( *this, index, str, skiptable, cs );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
We use some hashing for efficiency's sake. Instead of
|
|
|
|
comparing strings, we compare the hash value of str with that of
|
|
|
|
a part of this TQString. Only if that matches, we call ucstrncmp
|
|
|
|
or ucstrnicmp.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* needle = str.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* end = unicode() + (l-sl);
|
|
|
|
const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
|
|
|
|
uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[i].unicode() );
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[i].unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack -= (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( haystack <= end ) {
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack += (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
|
|
|
&& ucstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return haystack-unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REHASH( haystack->unicode() );
|
|
|
|
++haystack;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) +
|
|
|
|
::lower( needle[i].unicode() ).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) +
|
|
|
|
::lower( haystack[i].unicode() ).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack -= ::lower(*(haystack+sl_minus_1)).unicode();
|
|
|
|
while ( haystack <= end ) {
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack += ::lower(*(haystack+sl_minus_1)).unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
|
|
|
&& ucstrnicmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return haystack-unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REHASH( ::lower(*haystack).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
++haystack;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::findRev( const char* str, int index ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to findRev(TQString(\a str), \a index).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::find( const char* str, int index ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to find(TQString(\a str), \a index).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finds the first occurrence of the character \a c, starting at
|
|
|
|
position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
|
|
|
|
search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
|
|
|
|
last character and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of \a c or -1 if \a c could not be found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "bananas" );
|
|
|
|
int i = string.findRev( 'a' ); // i == 5
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::findRev( TQChar c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION < 0x1020
|
|
|
|
return findRev( TQString( c ), index, cs );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
const uint l = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( index < 0 )
|
|
|
|
index += l;
|
|
|
|
if ( (uint)index >= l )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *end = unicode();
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *uc = end + index;
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( uc >= end && *uc != c )
|
|
|
|
uc--;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
c = ::lower( c );
|
|
|
|
while ( uc >= end && ::lower( *uc ) != c )
|
|
|
|
uc--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return uc - end;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
|
|
|
|
position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
|
|
|
|
search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
|
|
|
|
last character and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string("bananas");
|
|
|
|
int i = string.findRev( "ana" ); // i == 3
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::findRev( const TQString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
See TQString::find() for explanations.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const uint l = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( index < 0 )
|
|
|
|
index += l;
|
|
|
|
const uint sl = str.length();
|
|
|
|
int delta = l-sl;
|
|
|
|
if ( index < 0 || index > (int)l || delta < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if ( index > delta )
|
|
|
|
index = delta;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION >= 0x1020
|
|
|
|
if ( sl == 1 )
|
|
|
|
return findRev( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* needle = str.unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* end = unicode();
|
|
|
|
const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* n = needle+sl_minus_1;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* h = haystack+sl_minus_1;
|
|
|
|
uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + (n-i)->unicode() );
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + (h-i)->unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack -= haystack->unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( haystack >= end ) {
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack += haystack->unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
|
|
|
&& ucstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return haystack-unicode();
|
|
|
|
--haystack;
|
|
|
|
REHASH( (haystack+sl)->unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1)
|
|
|
|
+ ::lower( (n-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1)
|
|
|
|
+ ::lower( (h-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack -= ::lower(*haystack).unicode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( haystack >= end ) {
|
|
|
|
hashHaystack += ::lower(*haystack).unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
|
|
|
&& ucstrnicmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return haystack-unicode();
|
|
|
|
--haystack;
|
|
|
|
REHASH( ::lower(*(haystack+sl)).unicode() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef REHASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQString::SectionFlags
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SectionDefault Empty fields are counted, leading and
|
|
|
|
trailing separators are not included, and the separator is
|
|
|
|
compared case sensitively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SectionSkipEmpty Treat empty fields as if they don't exist,
|
|
|
|
i.e. they are not considered as far as \e start and \e end are
|
|
|
|
concerned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SectionIncludeLeadingSep Include the leading separator (if
|
|
|
|
any) in the result string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SectionIncludeTrailingSep Include the trailing separator
|
|
|
|
(if any) in the result string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps Compare the separator
|
|
|
|
case-insensitively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any of the last four values can be OR-ed together to form a flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa section()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::section( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a section of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
|
|
|
character, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
|
|
|
|
position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not
|
|
|
|
specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the
|
|
|
|
string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
|
|
|
from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
|
|
|
function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
|
|
|
to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
|
|
|
separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
|
|
|
|
TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 ); // s == "bin/myapp"
|
|
|
|
TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
|
|
|
of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
|
|
|
right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename,surname"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
|
|
|
|
TQString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQStringList::split()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a section of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
|
|
|
string, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
|
|
|
|
position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not
|
|
|
|
specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the
|
|
|
|
string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
|
|
|
from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
|
|
|
function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
|
|
|
to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
|
|
|
separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
|
|
|
of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
|
|
|
right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQStringList::split()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::section( const TQString &sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQStringList sections = TQStringList::split(sep, *this, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if(sections.isEmpty())
|
|
|
|
return TQString();
|
|
|
|
if(!(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) {
|
|
|
|
if(start < 0)
|
|
|
|
start += int(sections.count());
|
|
|
|
if(end < 0)
|
|
|
|
end += int(sections.count());
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int skip = 0;
|
|
|
|
for(TQStringList::Iterator it = sections.begin(); it != sections.end(); ++it) {
|
|
|
|
if((*it).isEmpty())
|
|
|
|
skip++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(start < 0)
|
|
|
|
start += int(sections.count()) - skip;
|
|
|
|
if(end < 0)
|
|
|
|
end += int(sections.count()) - skip;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int x = 0, run = 0;
|
|
|
|
TQString ret;
|
|
|
|
for(TQStringList::Iterator it = sections.begin(); x <= end && it != sections.end(); ++it) {
|
|
|
|
if(x >= start) {
|
|
|
|
if((*it).isEmpty()) {
|
|
|
|
run++;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if(!ret.isEmpty() || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) {
|
|
|
|
int i_end = run;
|
|
|
|
if(!ret.isEmpty() && !(flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep))
|
|
|
|
i_end++;
|
|
|
|
if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && it != sections.begin() && x == start)
|
|
|
|
i_end++;
|
|
|
|
for(int i = 0; i < i_end; i++)
|
|
|
|
ret += sep;
|
|
|
|
} else if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && it != sections.begin()) {
|
|
|
|
ret += sep;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
run = 0;
|
|
|
|
ret += (*it);
|
|
|
|
if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && it != sections.end())
|
|
|
|
ret += sep;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!(*it).isEmpty() || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty))
|
|
|
|
x++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
|
|
|
|
class section_chunk {
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
section_chunk(int l, TQString s) { length = l; string = s; }
|
|
|
|
int length;
|
|
|
|
TQString string;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a section of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
|
|
|
regular expression, \a reg. The returned string consists of the
|
|
|
|
fields from position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a
|
|
|
|
end is not specified, all fields from position \a start to the end
|
|
|
|
of the string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
|
|
|
from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
|
|
|
function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
|
|
|
to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
|
|
|
separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename surname \t \t phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp sep( "\s+" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
|
|
|
of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
|
|
|
right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename surname \t \t phone" );
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp sep( "\\s+" );
|
|
|
|
TQString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename surname"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning Using this TQRegExp version is much more expensive than
|
|
|
|
the overloaded string and character versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQStringList::split() simplifyWhiteSpace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::section( const TQRegExp ®, int start, int end, int flags ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = unicode();
|
|
|
|
if(!uc)
|
|
|
|
return TQString();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp sep(reg);
|
|
|
|
sep.setCaseSensitive(!(flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrList<section_chunk> l;
|
|
|
|
l.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
int n = length(), m = 0, last_m = 0, last = 0, last_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( ( m = sep.search( *this, m ) ) != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
l.append(new section_chunk(last_len, TQString(uc + last_m, m - last_m)));
|
|
|
|
last_m = m;
|
|
|
|
last_len = sep.matchedLength();
|
|
|
|
if((m += TQMAX(sep.matchedLength(), 1)) >= n) {
|
|
|
|
last = 1;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!last)
|
|
|
|
l.append(new section_chunk(last_len, TQString(uc + last_m, n - last_m)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if(start < 0)
|
|
|
|
start = l.count() + start;
|
|
|
|
if(end == -1)
|
|
|
|
end = l.count();
|
|
|
|
else if(end < 0)
|
|
|
|
end = l.count() + end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
TQString ret;
|
|
|
|
for ( section_chunk *chk=l.first(); chk; chk=l.next(), i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if((flags & SectionSkipEmpty) && chk->length == (int)chk->string.length()) {
|
|
|
|
if(i <= start)
|
|
|
|
start++;
|
|
|
|
end++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(i == start) {
|
|
|
|
ret = (flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) ? chk->string : chk->string.mid(chk->length);
|
|
|
|
} else if(i > start) {
|
|
|
|
ret += chk->string;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(i == end) {
|
|
|
|
if((chk=l.next()) && flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep)
|
|
|
|
ret += chk->string.left(chk->length);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::section( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString TQString::section( const char *sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of times the character \a c occurs in the
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "Trolltech and TQt" );
|
|
|
|
int n = string.contains( 't', FALSE );
|
|
|
|
// n == 3
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::contains( TQChar c, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( !uc )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
int n = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( n-- ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( *uc == c )
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
c = ::lower( c );
|
|
|
|
while ( n-- ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ::lower( *uc ) == c )
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
uc++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of times the string \a str occurs in the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int TQString::contains( const char* str, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return contains( TQString(str), cs );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::contains( char c, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::find( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Find character \a c starting from position \a index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::findRev( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Find character \a c starting from position \a index and working
|
|
|
|
backwards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of times \a str occurs in the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function counts overlapping strings, so in the example below,
|
|
|
|
there are two instances of "ana" in "bananas".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str( "bananas" );
|
|
|
|
int i = str.contains( "ana" ); // i == 2
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa findRev()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::contains( const TQString &str, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isNull() )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint skiptable[0x100];
|
|
|
|
bm_init_skiptable( str, skiptable, cs );
|
|
|
|
int i = -1;
|
|
|
|
// use boyer-moore for the ultimate speed experience
|
|
|
|
while ( ( i = bm_find( *this, i + 1, str, skiptable, cs ) ) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
return count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a substring that contains the \a len leftmost characters
|
|
|
|
of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The whole string is returned if \a len exceeds the length of the
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s = "Pineapple";
|
|
|
|
TQString t = s.left( 4 ); // t == "Pine"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa right(), mid(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::left( uint len ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
return TQString();
|
|
|
|
} else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
|
|
|
return fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
} else if ( len >= length() ) {
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQString s( len, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( s.d->unicode, d->unicode, len * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
s.d->len = len;
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string that contains the \a len rightmost characters of
|
|
|
|
the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a len is greater than the length of the string then the whole
|
|
|
|
string is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "Pineapple" );
|
|
|
|
TQString t = string.right( 5 ); // t == "apple"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa left(), mid(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::right( uint len ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
return TQString();
|
|
|
|
} else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
|
|
|
return fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
uint l = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( len >= l )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
TQString s( len, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( s.d->unicode, d->unicode+(l-len), len*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
s.d->len = len;
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string that contains the \a len characters of this
|
|
|
|
string, starting at position \a index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a null string if the string is empty or \a index is out of
|
|
|
|
range. Returns the whole string from \a index if \a index + \a len
|
|
|
|
exceeds the length of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s( "Five pineapples" );
|
|
|
|
TQString t = s.mid( 5, 4 ); // t == "pine"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa left(), right()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::mid( uint index, uint len ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint slen = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() || index >= slen ) {
|
|
|
|
return TQString();
|
|
|
|
} else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
|
|
|
return fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( len > slen-index )
|
|
|
|
len = slen - index;
|
|
|
|
if ( index == 0 && len == slen )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *p = unicode()+index;
|
|
|
|
TQString s( len, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( s.d->unicode, p, len * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
s.d->len = len;
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string of length \a width that contains this string
|
|
|
|
padded by the \a fill character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
|
|
|
|
\a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
|
|
|
|
\a width, then any characters in a copy of the string after length
|
|
|
|
\a width are removed, and the copy is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s( "apple" );
|
|
|
|
TQString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "apple..."
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rightJustify()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::leftJustify( uint width, TQChar fill, bool truncate ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
int len = length();
|
|
|
|
int padlen = width - len;
|
|
|
|
if ( padlen > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
result.setLength(len+padlen);
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
memcpy( result.d->unicode, unicode(), sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = result.d->unicode + len;
|
|
|
|
while (padlen--)
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = fill;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( truncate )
|
|
|
|
result = left( width );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
result = *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string of length \a width that contains the \a fill
|
|
|
|
character followed by the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
|
|
|
|
\a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
|
|
|
|
\a width, then the resulting string is truncated at position \a
|
|
|
|
width.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "apple" );
|
|
|
|
TQString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "...apple"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa leftJustify()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::rightJustify( uint width, TQChar fill, bool truncate ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
int len = length();
|
|
|
|
int padlen = width - len;
|
|
|
|
if ( padlen > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
result.setLength( len+padlen );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = result.d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
while (padlen--)
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = fill;
|
|
|
|
if ( len )
|
|
|
|
memcpy( uc, unicode(), sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( truncate )
|
|
|
|
result = left( width );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
result = *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "TROlltECH" );
|
|
|
|
str = string.lower(); // str == "trolltech"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa upper()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::lower() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int l = length();
|
|
|
|
register TQChar *p = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
while ( l ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( *p != ::lower(*p) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQString s( *this );
|
|
|
|
s.real_detach();
|
|
|
|
p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
|
|
|
|
while ( l ) {
|
|
|
|
*p = ::lower( *p );
|
|
|
|
l--;
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
l--;
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "TeXt" );
|
|
|
|
str = string.upper(); // t == "TEXT"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa lower()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::upper() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int l = length();
|
|
|
|
register TQChar *p = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
while ( l ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( *p != ::upper(*p) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQString s( *this );
|
|
|
|
s.real_detach();
|
|
|
|
p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
|
|
|
|
while ( l ) {
|
|
|
|
*p = ::upper( *p );
|
|
|
|
l--;
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
l--;
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
|
|
|
|
the end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
|
|
|
|
TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
|
|
|
|
(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may
|
|
|
|
also include other Unicode characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string = " white space ";
|
|
|
|
TQString s = string.stripWhiteSpace(); // s == "white space"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa simplifyWhiteSpace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::stripWhiteSpace() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() ) // nothing to do
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
register const TQChar *s = unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( !s->isSpace() && !s[length()-1].isSpace() )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int start = 0;
|
|
|
|
int end = length() - 1;
|
|
|
|
while ( start<=end && s[start].isSpace() ) // skip white space from start
|
|
|
|
start++;
|
|
|
|
if ( start <= end ) { // only white space
|
|
|
|
while ( end && s[end].isSpace() ) // skip white space from end
|
|
|
|
end--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int l = end - start + 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( l <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::fromLatin1("");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString result( l, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( result.d->unicode, &s[start], sizeof(TQChar)*l );
|
|
|
|
result.d->len = l;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
|
|
|
|
the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace
|
|
|
|
replaced with a single space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
|
|
|
|
TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
|
|
|
|
(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string = " lots\t of\nwhite space ";
|
|
|
|
TQString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
// t == "lots of white space"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa stripWhiteSpace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
result.setLength( length() );
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *from = unicode();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *fromend = from+length();
|
|
|
|
int outc=0;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *to = result.d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
while ( from!=fromend && from->isSpace() )
|
|
|
|
from++;
|
|
|
|
while ( from!=fromend && !from->isSpace() )
|
|
|
|
to[outc++] = *from++;
|
|
|
|
if ( from!=fromend )
|
|
|
|
to[outc++] = ' ';
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( outc > 0 && to[outc-1] == ' ' )
|
|
|
|
outc--;
|
|
|
|
result.truncate( outc );
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
|
|
|
|
extended with spaces to length \a index and \a s is then appended
|
|
|
|
and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "I like fish" );
|
|
|
|
str = string.insert( 2, "don't " );
|
|
|
|
// str == "I don't like fish"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa remove(), replace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// the sub function takes care of &s == this case.
|
|
|
|
return insert( index, s.unicode(), s.length() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const TQByteArray &s )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index and returns
|
|
|
|
a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const char *s )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index and returns
|
|
|
|
a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::insertHelper( uint index, const char *s, uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( s ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
|
|
|
return insert( index, fromAscii( s, len ) );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( len == UINT_MAX )
|
|
|
|
len = int(strlen( s ));
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint olen = length();
|
|
|
|
int nlen = olen + len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( index >= olen ) { // insert after end of string
|
|
|
|
grow( len + index );
|
|
|
|
int n = index - olen;
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = d->unicode + olen;
|
|
|
|
while ( n-- )
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = ' ';
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uc = d->unicode + index;
|
|
|
|
while ( len-- )
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *s++;
|
|
|
|
} else { // normal insert
|
|
|
|
grow( nlen );
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode + index + len, unicode() + index,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(TQChar) * (olen - index) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = d->unicode + index;
|
|
|
|
while ( len-- )
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *s++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts the first \a len characters in \a s into the string at
|
|
|
|
position \a index and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const TQChar* s, uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
uint olen = length();
|
|
|
|
int nlen = olen + len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( s >= d->unicode && (uint)(s - d->unicode) < d->maxl ) {
|
|
|
|
// Part of me - take a copy.
|
|
|
|
TQChar *tmp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
|
|
|
|
memcpy(tmp,s,len*sizeof(TQChar));
|
|
|
|
insert(index,tmp,len);
|
|
|
|
QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( tmp );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( index >= olen ) { // insert after end of string
|
|
|
|
grow( len + index );
|
|
|
|
int n = index - olen;
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = d->unicode+olen;
|
|
|
|
while (n--)
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = ' ';
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode+index, s, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
} else { // normal insert
|
|
|
|
grow( nlen );
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode + index + len, unicode() + index,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(TQChar) * (olen - index) );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode + index, s, sizeof(TQChar) * len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insert \a c into the string at position \a index and returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
|
|
|
|
extended with spaces (ASCII 32) to length \a index and \a c is
|
|
|
|
then appended.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, TQChar c ) // insert char
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s( c );
|
|
|
|
return insert( index, s );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::insert( uint index, char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insert character \a c at position \a index.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::prepend( const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string = "42";
|
|
|
|
string.prepend( "The answer is " );
|
|
|
|
// string == "The answer is 42"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::prepend( char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::prepend( TQChar ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString& TQString::prepend( const TQByteArray &s )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString& TQString::prepend( const std::string &s )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::prepend( const char *s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return insert( 0, TQString(s) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes \a len characters from the string starting at position \a
|
|
|
|
index, and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a index is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens.
|
|
|
|
If \a index is within the string, but \a index + \a len is beyond
|
|
|
|
the end of the string, the string is truncated at position \a
|
|
|
|
index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "Montreal" );
|
|
|
|
string.remove( 1, 4 ); // string == "Meal"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert(), replace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( uint index, uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint olen = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( index >= olen ) {
|
|
|
|
// range problems
|
|
|
|
} else if ( index + len >= olen ) { // index ok
|
|
|
|
setLength( index );
|
|
|
|
} else if ( len != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode+index, d->unicode+index+len,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(TQChar)*(olen-index-len) );
|
|
|
|
setLength( olen-len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes every occurrence of the character \a c in the string.
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a c, "").
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( i < (int) length() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( constref(i) == c ) {
|
|
|
|
remove( i, 1 );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::remove( char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes every occurrence of the character \a c in the string.
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a c, "").
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes every occurrence of \a str in the string. Returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a str, "", \a cs).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( const TQString & str, bool cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( str.isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( isNull() )
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int index = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( (index = find(str, index, cs)) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
remove( index, str.length() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( const TQString & str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return remove( str, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces every occurrence of \a c1 with the char \a c2. Returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
uint i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( i < d->len ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( d->unicode[i] == c1 )
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[i] = c2;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the
|
|
|
|
string. Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a rx, "").
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( const TQRegExp & rx )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( rx, TQString::null );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes every occurrence of \a str in the string. Returns a
|
|
|
|
reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::remove( const char *str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return remove( TQString::fromAscii(str), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Replaces \a len characters from the string with \a s, starting at
|
|
|
|
position \a index, and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a index is beyond the length of the string, nothing is deleted
|
|
|
|
and \a s is appended at the end of the string. If \a index is
|
|
|
|
valid, but \a index + \a len is beyond the end of the string,
|
|
|
|
the string is truncated at position \a index, then \a s is
|
|
|
|
appended at the end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "Say yes!" );
|
|
|
|
string = string.replace( 4, 3, "NO" );
|
|
|
|
// string == "Say NO!"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning TQt 3.3.3 and earlier had different semantics for the
|
|
|
|
case \a index >= length(), which contradicted the documentation.
|
|
|
|
To avoid portability problems between TQt 3 versions and with TQt
|
|
|
|
4, we recommend that you never call the function with \a index >=
|
|
|
|
length().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert(), remove()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( uint index, uint len, const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( index, len, s.unicode(), s.length() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a index, \a len, TQString(\a c)).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( index, len, &c, 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::replace( uint index, uint len, char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as replace(\a index, \a len, TQChar(\a c)).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces \a len characters with \a slen characters of TQChar data
|
|
|
|
from \a s, starting at position \a index, and returns a reference
|
|
|
|
to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insert(), remove()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( uint index, uint len, const TQChar* s, uint slen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (index > length())
|
|
|
|
index = length();
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
if ( len == slen && index + len <= length() ) {
|
|
|
|
// Optimized common case: replace without size change
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode+index, s, len * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
} else if ( s >= d->unicode && (uint)(s - d->unicode) < d->maxl ) {
|
|
|
|
// Part of me - take a copy.
|
|
|
|
TQChar *tmp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( slen );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( tmp, s, slen * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
replace( index, len, tmp, slen );
|
|
|
|
QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( tmp );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
remove( index, len );
|
|
|
|
insert( index, s, slen );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c in the string
|
|
|
|
with \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s = "a,b,c";
|
|
|
|
s.replace( TQChar(','), " or " );
|
|
|
|
// s == "a or b or c"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( TQString( c ), after, cs );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( TQChar c, const TQString & after )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( TQString( c ), after, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::replace( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c in the string
|
|
|
|
with \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before in the string
|
|
|
|
with the string \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s = "Greek is Greek";
|
|
|
|
s.replace( "Greek", "English" );
|
|
|
|
// s == "English is English"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( const TQString & before, const TQString & after,
|
|
|
|
bool cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !before.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( cs && before == after )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int index = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint skiptable[256];
|
|
|
|
bm_init_skiptable( before, skiptable, cs );
|
|
|
|
const int bl = before.length();
|
|
|
|
const int al = after.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bl == al ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( bl ) {
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *auc = after.unicode();
|
|
|
|
while ( (index = bm_find(*this, index, before, skiptable, cs) ) != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode + index, auc, al * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
index += bl;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if ( al < bl ) {
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *auc = after.unicode();
|
|
|
|
uint to = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint movestart = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint num = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( (index = bm_find(*this, index, before, skiptable, cs)) != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( num ) {
|
|
|
|
int msize = index - movestart;
|
|
|
|
if ( msize > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode + to, d->unicode + movestart, msize*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
to += msize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
to = index;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( al ) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode+to, auc, al*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
to += al;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
index += bl;
|
|
|
|
movestart = index;
|
|
|
|
num++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( num ) {
|
|
|
|
int msize = d->len - movestart;
|
|
|
|
if ( msize > 0 )
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode + to, d->unicode + movestart, msize*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
setLength( d->len - num*(bl-al) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// the most complex case. We don't want to loose performance by doing repeated
|
|
|
|
// copies and reallocs of the string.
|
|
|
|
while ( index != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
uint indices[4096];
|
|
|
|
uint pos = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pos < 4095 ) {
|
|
|
|
index = bm_find( *this, index, before, skiptable, cs );
|
|
|
|
if ( index == -1 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
indices[pos++] = index;
|
|
|
|
index += bl;
|
|
|
|
// avoid infinite loop
|
|
|
|
if ( !bl )
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !pos )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// we have a table of replacement positions, use them for fast replacing
|
|
|
|
int adjust = pos*(al-bl);
|
|
|
|
// index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
|
|
|
|
if ( index != -1 )
|
|
|
|
index += adjust;
|
|
|
|
uint newlen = d->len + adjust;
|
|
|
|
int moveend = d->len;
|
|
|
|
if ( newlen > d->len )
|
|
|
|
setLength( newlen );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pos ) {
|
|
|
|
pos--;
|
|
|
|
int movestart = indices[pos] + bl;
|
|
|
|
int insertstart = indices[pos] + pos*(al-bl);
|
|
|
|
int moveto = insertstart + al;
|
|
|
|
memmove( d->unicode + moveto, d->unicode + movestart, (moveend - movestart)*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode + insertstart, after.unicode(), al*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
moveend = movestart-bl;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( const TQString & before, const TQString & after )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return replace( before, after, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Replaces every occurrence of the regexp \a rx in the string with
|
|
|
|
\a after. Returns a reference to the string. For example:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString s = "banana";
|
|
|
|
s.replace( TQRegExp("an"), "" );
|
|
|
|
// s == "ba"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For regexps containing \link ntqregexp.html#capturing-text capturing
|
|
|
|
parentheses \endlink, occurrences of <b>\\1</b>, <b>\\2</b>, ...,
|
|
|
|
in \a after are replaced with \a{rx}.cap(1), cap(2), ...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString t = "A <i>bon mot</i>.";
|
|
|
|
t.replace( TQRegExp("<i>([^<]*)</i>"), "\\emph{\\1}" );
|
|
|
|
// t == "A \\emph{bon mot}."
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa find(), findRev(), TQRegExp::cap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::replace( const TQRegExp &rx, const TQString &after )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp rx2 = rx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() && rx2.search(*this) == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int index = 0;
|
|
|
|
int numCaptures = rx2.numCaptures();
|
|
|
|
int al = after.length();
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp::CaretMode caretMode = TQRegExp::CaretAtZero;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( numCaptures > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( numCaptures > 9 )
|
|
|
|
numCaptures = 9;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = after.unicode();
|
|
|
|
int numBackRefs = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( uc[i] == '\\' ) {
|
|
|
|
int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
|
|
|
|
if ( no > 0 && no <= numCaptures )
|
|
|
|
numBackRefs++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
This is the harder case where we have back-references.
|
|
|
|
We don't try to optimize it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ( numBackRefs > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
int *capturePositions = new int[numBackRefs];
|
|
|
|
int *captureNumbers = new int[numBackRefs];
|
|
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( uc[i] == '\\' ) {
|
|
|
|
int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
|
|
|
|
if ( no > 0 && no <= numCaptures ) {
|
|
|
|
capturePositions[j] = i;
|
|
|
|
captureNumbers[j] = no;
|
|
|
|
j++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( index <= (int)length() ) {
|
|
|
|
index = rx2.search( *this, index, caretMode );
|
|
|
|
if ( index == -1 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString after2 = after;
|
|
|
|
for ( j = numBackRefs - 1; j >= 0; j-- )
|
|
|
|
after2.replace( capturePositions[j], 2,
|
|
|
|
rx2.cap(captureNumbers[j]) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
replace( index, rx2.matchedLength(), after2 );
|
|
|
|
index += after2.length();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( rx2.matchedLength() == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
// avoid infinite loop on 0-length matches (e.g., [a-z]*)
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
caretMode = TQRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delete[] capturePositions;
|
|
|
|
delete[] captureNumbers;
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
This is the simple and optimized case where we don't have
|
|
|
|
back-references.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
while ( index != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
struct {
|
|
|
|
int pos;
|
|
|
|
int length;
|
|
|
|
} replacements[2048];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint pos = 0;
|
|
|
|
int adjust = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pos < 2047 ) {
|
|
|
|
index = rx2.search( *this, index, caretMode );
|
|
|
|
if ( index == -1 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
int ml = rx2.matchedLength();
|
|
|
|
replacements[pos].pos = index;
|
|
|
|
replacements[pos++].length = ml;
|
|
|
|
index += ml;
|
|
|
|
adjust += al - ml;
|
|
|
|
// avoid infinite loop
|
|
|
|
if ( !ml )
|
|
|
|
index++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !pos )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
replacements[pos].pos = d->len;
|
|
|
|
uint newlen = d->len + adjust;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// to continue searching at the right position after we did
|
|
|
|
// the first round of replacements
|
|
|
|
if ( index != -1 )
|
|
|
|
index += adjust;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *newuc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newlen + 1 );
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc = newuc;
|
|
|
|
int copystart = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( i < pos ) {
|
|
|
|
int copyend = replacements[i].pos;
|
|
|
|
int size = copyend - copystart;
|
|
|
|
memcpy( uc, d->unicode + copystart, size * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
uc += size;
|
|
|
|
memcpy( uc, after.unicode(), al * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
uc += al;
|
|
|
|
copystart = copyend + replacements[i].length;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
memcpy( uc, d->unicode + copystart,
|
|
|
|
(d->len - copystart) * sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( d->unicode );
|
|
|
|
d->unicode = newuc;
|
|
|
|
d->len = newlen;
|
|
|
|
d->maxl = newlen + 1;
|
|
|
|
d->setDirty();
|
|
|
|
caretMode = TQRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Finds the first match of the regular expression \a rx, starting
|
|
|
|
from position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at
|
|
|
|
the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so
|
|
|
|
on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of the first match of \a rx or -1 if no match
|
|
|
|
was found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "bananas" );
|
|
|
|
int i = string.find( TQRegExp("an"), 0 ); // i == 1
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa findRev() replace() contains()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::find( const TQRegExp &rx, int index ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return rx.search( *this, index );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finds the first match of the regexp \a rx, starting at position \a
|
|
|
|
index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search
|
|
|
|
starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last
|
|
|
|
character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the position of the match or -1 if no match was found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "bananas" );
|
|
|
|
int i = string.findRev( TQRegExp("an") ); // i == 3
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa find()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::findRev( const TQRegExp &rx, int index ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return rx.searchRev( *this, index );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of times the regexp, \a rx, matches in the
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below,
|
|
|
|
there are four instances of "ana" or "ama".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str = "banana and panama";
|
|
|
|
TQRegExp rxp = TQRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int i = str.contains( rxp ); // i == 4
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa find() findRev()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::contains( const TQRegExp &rx ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
int index = -1;
|
|
|
|
int len = length();
|
|
|
|
while ( index < len - 1 ) { // count overlapping matches
|
|
|
|
index = rx.search( *this, index + 1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( index == -1 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif //QT_NO_REGEXP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to a \c long using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
long TQString::toLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return long(v);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to a \c {long long} using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG TQString::toLongLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
if ( base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36) ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::toLongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base );
|
|
|
|
base = 10;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool my_ok;
|
|
|
|
TQLocale def_locale;
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG result = def_locale.d->stringToLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
if (my_ok) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the default was not "C", try the "C" locale
|
|
|
|
if (def_locale.language() == TQLocale::C) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale c_locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
return c_locale.d->stringToLongLong(*this, base, ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned long} using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ulong TQString::toULong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v > ULONG_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ulong(v);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned long long} using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG TQString::toULongLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
if ( base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36) ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::toULongLong: Invalid base %d", base );
|
|
|
|
base = 10;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool my_ok;
|
|
|
|
TQLocale def_locale;
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG result = def_locale.d->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
if (my_ok) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the default was not "C", try the "C" locale
|
|
|
|
if (def_locale.language() == TQLocale::C) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale c_locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
return c_locale.d->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to a \c short using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
short TQString::toShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (short)v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned short} using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ushort TQString::toUShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v > USHRT_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (ushort)v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to an \c int using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str( "FF" );
|
|
|
|
bool ok;
|
|
|
|
int hex = str.toInt( &ok, 16 ); // hex == 255, ok == TRUE
|
|
|
|
int dec = str.toInt( &ok, 10 ); // dec == 0, ok == FALSE
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::toInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (int)v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned int} using base \a
|
|
|
|
base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
|
|
|
\a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
|
|
|
following rules:
|
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
|
<li>If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
|
|
|
be hexadecimal;
|
|
|
|
<li>If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
|
|
|
<li>Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint TQString::toUInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQ_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
|
|
|
if ( v > UINT_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ok )
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
v = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (uint)v;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to a \c double value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string( "1234.56" );
|
|
|
|
double a = string.toDouble(); // a == 1234.56
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The string-to-number functions:
|
|
|
|
\list
|
|
|
|
\i toShort()
|
|
|
|
\i toUShort()
|
|
|
|
\i toInt()
|
|
|
|
\i toUInt()
|
|
|
|
\i toLong()
|
|
|
|
\i toULong()
|
|
|
|
\i toLongLong()
|
|
|
|
\i toULongLong()
|
|
|
|
\i toFloat()
|
|
|
|
\i toDouble()
|
|
|
|
\endlist
|
|
|
|
can handle numbers
|
|
|
|
represented in various locales. These representations may use different
|
|
|
|
characters for the decimal point, thousands group sepearator
|
|
|
|
and even individual digits. TQString's functions try to interpret
|
|
|
|
the string according to the current locale. The current locale is
|
|
|
|
determined from the system at application startup and can be changed
|
|
|
|
by calling TQLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted
|
|
|
|
according to the current locale, this function falls back
|
|
|
|
on the "C" locale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
bool ok;
|
|
|
|
double d;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
|
|
|
|
d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::German);
|
|
|
|
d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
|
|
|
|
d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group
|
|
|
|
separator in various locales, these functions do not handle
|
|
|
|
thousands group separators. If you need to convert such numbers,
|
|
|
|
use the corresponding function in TQLocale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
bool ok;
|
|
|
|
TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
double d = TQString( "1,234,567.89" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
|
|
|
|
will fail, and set \a *ok to false if \a ok is not 0. Leading
|
|
|
|
whitespace is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number() TQLocale::setDefault() TQLocale::toDouble() stripWhiteSpace()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
double TQString::toDouble( bool *ok ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// If there is trailing whitespace, set ok to false but return the correct
|
|
|
|
// result anyway to preserve behavour of pervious versions of TQt
|
|
|
|
if (length() > 0 && unicode()[length() - 1].isSpace()) {
|
|
|
|
TQString tmp = stripWhiteSpace();
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return tmp.toDouble();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Try the default locale
|
|
|
|
bool my_ok;
|
|
|
|
TQLocale def_locale;
|
|
|
|
double result = def_locale.d->stringToDouble(*this, &my_ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
if (my_ok) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the default was not "C", try the "C" locale
|
|
|
|
if (def_locale.language() == TQLocale::C) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return 0.0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale c_locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
return c_locale.d->stringToDouble(*this, ok, TQLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string converted to a \c float value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
|
|
|
FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
|
|
|
|
localized input, see toDouble().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
|
|
|
|
will fail, settings \a *ok to false if \a ok is not 0.
|
|
|
|
Leading whitespace is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa number()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define QT_MAX_FLOAT 3.4028234663852886e+38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
float TQString::toFloat( bool *ok ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool myOk;
|
|
|
|
double d = toDouble(&myOk);
|
|
|
|
if (!myOk || d > QT_MAX_FLOAT || d < -QT_MAX_FLOAT) {
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return 0.0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ok != 0)
|
|
|
|
*ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return (float) d;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string. The returned string is in "C" locale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string;
|
|
|
|
string = string.setNum( 1234 ); // string == "1234"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setNum( TQ_LLONG n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::setNum: Invalid base %d", base );
|
|
|
|
base = 10;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
*this = locale.d->longLongToString(n, -1, base);
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setNum( TQ_ULLONG n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::setNum: Invalid base %d", base );
|
|
|
|
base = 10;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
*this = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(n, -1, base);
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( long n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// ### 4.0: inline
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setNum( long n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return setNum( (TQ_LLONG)n, base );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( ulong n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// ### 4.0: inline
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setNum( ulong n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return setNum( (TQ_ULLONG)n, base );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( int n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( uint n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( short n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( ushort n, int base )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
|
|
|
returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
|
|
|
|
\a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format \a f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See \link
|
|
|
|
#arg-formats arg \endlink() for an explanation of the formats.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setNum( double n, char f, int prec )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
|
|
|
uint flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (qIsUpper(f))
|
|
|
|
flags = TQLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
|
|
|
f = qToLower(f);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (f) {
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 'g':
|
|
|
|
form = TQLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
|
|
|
tqWarning( "TQString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", f );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQLocale locale(TQLocale::C);
|
|
|
|
*this = locale.d->doubleToString(n, prec, form, -1, flags);
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::setNum( float n, char f, int prec )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
|
|
|
|
\a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format \a f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See \link
|
|
|
|
#arg-formats arg \endlink() for an explanation of the formats.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
A convenience function that returns a string equivalent of the
|
|
|
|
number \a n to base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be
|
|
|
|
between 2 and 36. The returned string is in "C" locale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
long a = 63;
|
|
|
|
TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ); // str == "3f"
|
|
|
|
TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ).upper(); // str == "3F"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( long n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( ulong n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( TQ_LLONG n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( TQ_ULLONG n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( int n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A convenience factory function that returns a string
|
|
|
|
representation of the number \a n to the base \a base, which is 10
|
|
|
|
by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( uint n, int base )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, base );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argument \a n is formatted according to the \a f format specified,
|
|
|
|
which is \c g by default, and can be any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\table
|
|
|
|
\header \i Format \i Meaning
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
|
|
|
\row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
|
|
|
\endtable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
|
|
|
|
decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
double d = 12.34;
|
|
|
|
TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
|
|
|
|
.arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
|
|
|
|
// ds == "1.234E+001"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setNum()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::number( double n, char f, int prec )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQString s;
|
|
|
|
s.setNum( n, f, prec );
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \obsolete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the character at position \a index to \a c and expands the
|
|
|
|
string if necessary, filling with spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This method is redundant in TQt 3.x, because operator[] will expand
|
|
|
|
the string as necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::setExpand( uint index, TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int spaces = index - d->len;
|
|
|
|
at(index) = c;
|
|
|
|
while (spaces-->0)
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[--index]=' ';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const char* TQString::data() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\obsolete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a pointer to a '\0'-terminated classic C string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In TQt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the
|
|
|
|
string as a sequence of bytes. In TQt 2.x where TQString is a Unicode
|
|
|
|
string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence
|
|
|
|
direct character operations are meaningless.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQString::operator!() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if this is a null string; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString name = getName();
|
|
|
|
if ( !name )
|
|
|
|
name = "Rodney";
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that if you say
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString name = getName();
|
|
|
|
if ( name )
|
|
|
|
doSomethingWith(name);
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It will call "operator const char*()", which is inefficent; you
|
|
|
|
may wish to define the macro \c QT_NO_ASCII_CAST when writing code
|
|
|
|
which you wish to remain Unicode-clean.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you want the above semantics, use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString name = getName();
|
|
|
|
if ( !name.isNull() )
|
|
|
|
doSomethingWith(name);
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::append( const TQString& str )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the
|
|
|
|
result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
string = "Test";
|
|
|
|
string.append( "ing" ); // string == "Testing"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::append( char ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
|
|
|
|
the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString& TQString::append( TQChar ch )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
|
|
|
|
the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString& TQString::append( const TQByteArray &str )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString& TQString::append( const std::string &str )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn TQString& TQString::append( const char *str )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to operator+=().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString& TQString::operator+=( const TQString &str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint len1 = length();
|
|
|
|
uint len2 = str.length();
|
|
|
|
if ( len2 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
|
|
|
operator=( str );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
grow( len1+len2 );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode+len1, str.unicode(), sizeof(TQChar)*len2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if ( isNull() && !str.isNull() ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
|
|
|
*this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operatorPlusEqHelper( const char *s, uint len2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( s ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
|
|
|
return operator+=( fromAscii( s, len2 ) );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint len1 = length();
|
|
|
|
if ( len2 == UINT_MAX )
|
|
|
|
len2 = int(strlen( s ));
|
|
|
|
if ( len2 ) {
|
|
|
|
grow( len1 + len2 );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = d->unicode + len1;
|
|
|
|
while ( len2-- )
|
|
|
|
*uc++ = *s++;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( isNull() ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
|
|
|
*this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
|
|
|
TQString& TQString::operator+=( const char *str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// ### TQt 4: make this function inline
|
|
|
|
return operatorPlusEqHelper( str );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operator+=( TQChar c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
grow( length()+1 );
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::operator+=( char c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
|
|
|
return operator+=( fromAscii( &c, 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
grow( length()+1 );
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::operator+=( const TQByteArray &str )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString &TQString::operator+=( const std::string &str )
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn char TQChar::latin1() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the Latin-1 value of this character, or 0 if it
|
|
|
|
cannot be represented in Latin-1.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The
|
|
|
|
returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1
|
|
|
|
characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than
|
|
|
|
Unicode, see the TQTextCodec classes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to
|
|
|
|
use Unicode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the
|
|
|
|
source string exists.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), local8Bit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const char* TQString::latin1() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->ascii || !d->islatin1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->security_unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
if (d->ascii) {
|
|
|
|
munlock(d->ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delete [] d->ascii;
|
|
|
|
d->ascii = unicodeToLatin1( d->unicode, d->len, d->security_unpaged );
|
|
|
|
d->islatin1 = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return d->ascii;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
|
|
|
|
it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
|
|
|
|
does the same as latin1().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), local8Bit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const char* TQString::ascii() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->ascii || d->islatin1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->security_unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
if (d->ascii) {
|
|
|
|
munlock(d->ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delete [] d->ascii;
|
|
|
|
if (d->unicode) {
|
|
|
|
TQCString s = TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->fromUnicode( *this );
|
|
|
|
d->ascii = new char[s.length() + 1];
|
|
|
|
if (d->security_unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
|
|
|
|
mlock(d->ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
memcpy(d->ascii, s.data(), s.length() + 1);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
d->ascii = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->islatin1 = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return d->ascii;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
return latin1();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQString::setSecurityUnPaged(bool lock) {
|
|
|
|
if (lock != d->security_unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->security_unpaged) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->ascii) {
|
|
|
|
munlock(d->ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->security_unpaged = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
if (d->ascii) {
|
|
|
|
mlock(d->ascii, LINUX_MEMLOCK_LIMIT_BYTES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->security_unpaged = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), local8Bit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQCString TQString::utf8() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int l = length();
|
|
|
|
int rlen = l*3+1;
|
|
|
|
TQCString rstr(rlen);
|
|
|
|
uchar* cursor = (uchar*)rstr.data();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *ch = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
for (int i=0; i < l; i++) {
|
|
|
|
uint u = ch->unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( u < 0x80 ) {
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = (uchar)u;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( u < 0x0800 ) {
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0xc0 | ((uchar) (u >> 6));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (u >= 0xd800 && u < 0xdc00 && i < l-1) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned short low = ch[1].unicode();
|
|
|
|
if (low >= 0xdc00 && low < 0xe000) {
|
|
|
|
++ch;
|
|
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
u = (u - 0xd800)*0x400 + (low - 0xdc00) + 0x10000;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (u > 0xffff) {
|
|
|
|
// if people are working in utf8, but strings are encoded in eg. latin1, the resulting
|
|
|
|
// name might be invalid utf8. This and the corresponding code in fromUtf8 takes care
|
|
|
|
// we can handle this without loosing information. This can happen with latin filenames
|
|
|
|
// and a utf8 locale under Unix.
|
|
|
|
if (u > 0x10fe00 && u < 0x10ff00) {
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = (u - 0x10fe00);
|
|
|
|
++ch;
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0xf0 | ((uchar) (u >> 18));
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0x80 | ( ((uchar) (u >> 12)) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0xe0 | ((uchar) (u >> 12));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0x80 | ( ((uchar) (u >> 6)) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*cursor++ = 0x80 | ((uchar) (u&0x3f));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++ch;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rstr.truncate( cursor - (uchar*)rstr.data() );
|
|
|
|
return rstr;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static TQChar *addOne(TQChar *qch, TQString &str)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long sidx = qch - str.unicode();
|
|
|
|
str.setLength(str.length()+1);
|
|
|
|
return (TQChar *)str.unicode() + sidx;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
|
|
|
bytes of \a utf8, ignoring the rest of \a utf8. If \a len is
|
|
|
|
-1 then the length of \a utf8 is used. If \a len is bigger than
|
|
|
|
the length of \a utf8 then it will use the length of \a utf8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str = TQString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 );
|
|
|
|
// str == "12345"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::fromUtf8( const char* utf8, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !utf8 ) {
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int slen = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (len >= 0) {
|
|
|
|
while (slen < len && utf8[slen]) {
|
|
|
|
slen++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
slen = int(strlen(utf8));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
len = len < 0 ? slen : TQMIN(slen, len);
|
|
|
|
TQString result;
|
|
|
|
result.setLength( len ); // worst case
|
|
|
|
TQChar *qch = (TQChar *)result.unicode();
|
|
|
|
uint uc = 0;
|
|
|
|
uint min_uc = 0;
|
|
|
|
int need = 0;
|
|
|
|
int error = -1;
|
|
|
|
uchar ch;
|
|
|
|
for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
|
|
|
|
ch = utf8[i];
|
|
|
|
if (need) {
|
|
|
|
if ( (ch&0xc0) == 0x80 ) {
|
|
|
|
uc = (uc << 6) | (ch & 0x3f);
|
|
|
|
need--;
|
|
|
|
if ( !need ) {
|
|
|
|
if (uc > 0xffff) {
|
|
|
|
// surrogate pair
|
|
|
|
uc -= 0x10000;
|
|
|
|
unsigned short high = uc/0x400 + 0xd800;
|
|
|
|
unsigned short low = uc%0x400 + 0xdc00;
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(high);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(low);
|
|
|
|
} else if (uc < min_uc || (uc >= 0xd800 && uc <= 0xdfff) || (uc >= 0xfffe)) {
|
|
|
|
// overlong seqence, UTF16 surrogate or BOM
|
|
|
|
i = error;
|
|
|
|
qch = addOne(qch, result);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xdbff);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = uc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// See TQString::utf8() for explanation.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// The surrogate below corresponds to a Unicode value of (0x10fe00+ch) which
|
|
|
|
// is in one of the private use areas of Unicode.
|
|
|
|
i = error;
|
|
|
|
qch = addOne(qch, result);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xdbff);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
|
|
|
need = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( ch < 128 ) {
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = ch;
|
|
|
|
} else if ((ch & 0xe0) == 0xc0) {
|
|
|
|
uc = ch & 0x1f;
|
|
|
|
need = 1;
|
|
|
|
error = i;
|
|
|
|
min_uc = 0x80;
|
|
|
|
} else if ((ch & 0xf0) == 0xe0) {
|
|
|
|
uc = ch & 0x0f;
|
|
|
|
need = 2;
|
|
|
|
error = i;
|
|
|
|
min_uc = 0x800;
|
|
|
|
} else if ((ch&0xf8) == 0xf0) {
|
|
|
|
uc = ch & 0x07;
|
|
|
|
need = 3;
|
|
|
|
error = i;
|
|
|
|
min_uc = 0x10000;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Error
|
|
|
|
qch = addOne(qch, result);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xdbff);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (need) {
|
|
|
|
// we have some invalid characters remaining we need to add to the string
|
|
|
|
for (int i = error; i < len; ++i) {
|
|
|
|
qch = addOne(qch, result);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xdbff);
|
|
|
|
*qch++ = TQChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result.truncate( qch - result.unicode() );
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
|
|
|
bytes of \a ascii, ignoring the rest of \a ascii. If \a len
|
|
|
|
is -1 then the length of \a ascii is used. If \a len is bigger
|
|
|
|
than the length of \a ascii then it will use the length of \a
|
|
|
|
ascii.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
|
|
|
|
it is used to convert the string from 8-bit characters to Unicode.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, this function does the same as fromLatin1().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as the TQString(const char*) constructor, but you
|
|
|
|
can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define
|
|
|
|
\c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII, in which case you can explicitly create a
|
|
|
|
TQString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str = TQString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 );
|
|
|
|
// str == "12345"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::fromAscii( const char* ascii, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !ascii )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
if ( len < 0 )
|
|
|
|
len = (int)strlen( ascii );
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 || *ascii == '\0' )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
return TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->toUnicode( ascii, len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return fromLatin1( ascii, len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
|
|
|
bytes of \a chars, ignoring the rest of \a chars. If \a len
|
|
|
|
is -1 then the length of \a chars is used. If \a len is bigger
|
|
|
|
than the length of \a chars then it will use the length of \a
|
|
|
|
chars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa fromAscii()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::fromLatin1( const char* chars, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint l;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *uc;
|
|
|
|
if ( len < 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
len = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode( chars, &l, len );
|
|
|
|
TQString ret( new TQStringData(uc, l, l), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQChar* TQString::unicode() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result
|
|
|
|
remains valid until the string is modified.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11,
|
|
|
|
this is the TQTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows, it is a
|
|
|
|
system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as
|
|
|
|
the encoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode
|
|
|
|
strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), utf8()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString TQString::local8Bit() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
return latin1();
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec* codec = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
|
|
|
return codec
|
|
|
|
? codec->fromUnicode(*this)
|
|
|
|
: TQCString(latin1());
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined( Q_WS_MACX )
|
|
|
|
return utf8();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined( Q_WS_MAC9 )
|
|
|
|
return TQCString(latin1()); //I'm evil..
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
|
|
|
return isNull() ? TQCString("") : qt_winTQString2MB( *this );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
|
|
|
return utf8(); // ### if there is any 8 bit format supported?
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
|
|
|
bytes of \a local8Bit, ignoring the rest of \a local8Bit. If
|
|
|
|
\a len is -1 then the length of \a local8Bit is used. If \a len is
|
|
|
|
bigger than the length of \a local8Bit then it will use the length
|
|
|
|
of \a local8Bit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 );
|
|
|
|
// str == "12345"
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a local8Bit is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::fromLocal8Bit( const char* local8Bit, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
return fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !local8Bit )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec* codec = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
|
|
|
if ( len < 0 )
|
|
|
|
len = strlen( local8Bit );
|
|
|
|
return codec
|
|
|
|
? codec->toUnicode( local8Bit, len )
|
|
|
|
: fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined( Q_WS_MAC )
|
|
|
|
return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Should this be OS_WIN32?
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
|
|
|
if ( len >= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQCString s(local8Bit,len+1);
|
|
|
|
return qt_winMB2TQString(s);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return qt_winMB2TQString( local8Bit );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
|
|
|
return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString::operator const char *() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns ascii(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the
|
|
|
|
ascii() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be
|
|
|
|
strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro \c
|
|
|
|
QT_NO_ASCII_CAST when compiling your code to hide this function so
|
|
|
|
that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage
|
|
|
|
that you catch the programming error described in operator!().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQString::operator std::string() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns ascii() as a std::string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning The function may cause an application to crash if a static C run-time is in use.
|
|
|
|
This can happen in Microsoft Visual C++ if TQt is configured as single-threaded. A safe
|
|
|
|
alternative is to call ascii() directly and construct a std::string manually.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the TQString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts
|
|
|
|
if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The result remains valid so long as one unmodified
|
|
|
|
copy of the source string exists.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const unsigned short *TQString::ucs2() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ! d->unicode )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int len = d->len;
|
|
|
|
if ( d->maxl < len + 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
// detach, grow or shrink
|
|
|
|
uint newMax = computeNewMax( len + 1 );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
|
|
|
if ( nd ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( d->unicode )
|
|
|
|
memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
((TQString *)this)->deref();
|
|
|
|
((TQString *)this)->d = new TQStringData( nd, len, newMax );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[len] = 0;
|
|
|
|
return (unsigned short *) d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a
|
|
|
|
UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString TQString::fromUcs2( const unsigned short *str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !str ) {
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int length = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( str[length] != 0 )
|
|
|
|
length++;
|
|
|
|
TQChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( uc, str, length*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
TQString ret( new TQStringData( uc, length, length ), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar TQString::at( uint ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the character at index \a i, or 0 if \a i is beyond the
|
|
|
|
length of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
const TQString string( "abcdefgh" );
|
|
|
|
TQChar ch = string.at( 4 );
|
|
|
|
// ch == 'e'
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the TQString is not const (i.e. const TQString) or const& (i.e.
|
|
|
|
const TQString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar TQString::constref(uint i) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the TQChar at index \a i by value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to at(\a i).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa ref()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar& TQString::ref(uint i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the TQChar at index \a i by reference, expanding the string
|
|
|
|
with TQChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be
|
|
|
|
assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid
|
|
|
|
once furher modifications are made to the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString string("ABCDEF");
|
|
|
|
TQChar ch = string.ref( 3 ); // ch == 'D'
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa constref()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQChar& TQString::ref(uint i) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( (d->count != 1) || (i >= d->len) ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
subat( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->setDirty();
|
|
|
|
return d->unicode[i];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQChar TQString::operator[]( int ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the character at index \a i, or TQChar::null if \a i is
|
|
|
|
beyond the length of the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the TQString is not const (i.e., const TQString) or const\&
|
|
|
|
(i.e., const TQString\&), then the non-const overload of operator[]
|
|
|
|
will be used instead.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQCharRef TQString::operator[]( int )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function returns a reference to the character at index \a i.
|
|
|
|
The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
|
|
|
|
immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
|
|
|
|
are made to the original string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
|
|
|
|
expanded with TQChar::nulls, so that the TQCharRef references a
|
|
|
|
valid (null) character in the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The TQCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant
|
|
|
|
TQChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string
|
|
|
|
(which will detach itself because of TQString's copy-on-write
|
|
|
|
semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the
|
|
|
|
result as anything but a TQChar.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQCharRef TQString::at( uint i )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function returns a reference to the character at index \a i.
|
|
|
|
The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
|
|
|
|
immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
|
|
|
|
are made to the original string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
|
|
|
|
expanded with TQChar::null.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
Internal chunk of code to handle the
|
|
|
|
uncommon cases of at() above.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::subat( uint i )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint olen = d->len;
|
|
|
|
if ( i >= olen ) {
|
|
|
|
setLength( i+1 ); // i is index; i+1 is needed length
|
|
|
|
for ( uint j=olen; j<=i; j++ )
|
|
|
|
d->unicode[j] = TQChar::null;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Just be sure to detach
|
|
|
|
real_detach();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a unicode into
|
|
|
|
the string. If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the
|
|
|
|
string is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, then the
|
|
|
|
string becomes a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setLatin1(), isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString& TQString::setUnicode( const TQChar *unicode, uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 ) { // set to null string
|
|
|
|
if ( d != shared_null ) { // beware of nullstring being set to nullstring
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->ref();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
if ( d->count != 1 || len > d->maxl || ( len * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
|
|
|
|
// detach, grown or shrink
|
|
|
|
uint newMax = computeNewMax( len );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
|
|
|
if ( unicode ) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy( nd, unicode, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
deref();
|
|
|
|
d = new TQStringData( nd, len, newMax );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
d->len = len;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->setDirty();
|
|
|
|
if ( unicode ) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy( d->unicode, unicode, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a
|
|
|
|
unicode_as_ushorts into the string (on some X11 client platforms
|
|
|
|
this will involve a byte-swapping pass).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a unicode_as_ushorts is 0, nothing is copied, but the string
|
|
|
|
is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, the string becomes
|
|
|
|
a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setLatin1(), isNull()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString& TQString::setUnicodeCodes( const ushort* unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return setUnicode((const TQChar*)unicode_as_ushorts, len);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C
|
|
|
|
string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
|
|
|
|
strlen(str).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
|
|
|
|
string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setAscii( const char *str, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
if ( TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
|
|
|
*this = TQString::fromAscii( str, len );
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
|
|
|
return setLatin1( str, len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic Latin-1 C
|
|
|
|
string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
|
|
|
|
strlen(str).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
|
|
|
|
string is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString &TQString::setLatin1( const char *str, int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( str == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return setUnicode(0,0);
|
|
|
|
if ( len < 0 )
|
|
|
|
len = int(strlen( str ));
|
|
|
|
if ( len == 0 ) { // won't make a null string
|
|
|
|
*this = TQString::fromLatin1( "" );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
setUnicode( 0, len ); // resize but not copy
|
|
|
|
TQChar *p = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
while ( len-- )
|
|
|
|
*p++ = *str++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return *this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQString::checkSimpleText() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQChar *p = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
TQChar *end = p + d->len;
|
|
|
|
while ( p < end ) {
|
|
|
|
ushort uc = p->unicode();
|
|
|
|
// sort out regions of complex text formatting
|
|
|
|
if ( uc > 0x058f && ( uc < 0x1100 || uc > 0xfb0f ) ) {
|
|
|
|
d->issimpletext = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->issimpletext = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn bool TQString::simpleText() const
|
|
|
|
\internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQString::isRightToLeft() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int len = length();
|
|
|
|
TQChar *p = d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
while ( len-- ) {
|
|
|
|
switch( ::direction( *p ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirL:
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirLRO:
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirLRE:
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirR:
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirAL:
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirRLO:
|
|
|
|
case TQChar::DirRLE:
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::compare( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lexically compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less
|
|
|
|
than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal
|
|
|
|
to, or greater than \a s2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
|
|
|
|
of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
|
|
|
|
expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
|
|
|
|
TQString::localeAwareCompare().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
int a = TQString::compare( "def", "abc" ); // a > 0
|
|
|
|
int b = TQString::compare( "abc", "def" ); // b < 0
|
|
|
|
int c = TQString::compare( "abc", "abc" ); // c == 0
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lexically compares this string with \a s and returns an integer
|
|
|
|
less than, equal to, or greater than zero if it is less than, equal
|
|
|
|
to, or greater than \a s.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int TQString::compare( const TQString& s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQString::localeAwareCompare( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
|
|
|
|
to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
|
|
|
|
greater than \a s2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
|
|
|
|
platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
|
|
|
|
lists of strings to the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQString::compare() TQTextCodec::locale()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compares this string with \a s.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(CSTR_LESS_THAN)
|
|
|
|
#define CSTR_LESS_THAN 1
|
|
|
|
#define CSTR_EQUAL 2
|
|
|
|
#define CSTR_GREATER_THAN 3
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQString::localeAwareCompare( const TQString& s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// do the right thing for null and empty
|
|
|
|
if ( isEmpty() || s.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return compare( s );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
|
|
int res;
|
|
|
|
QT_WA( {
|
|
|
|
const TCHAR* s1 = (TCHAR*)ucs2();
|
|
|
|
const TCHAR* s2 = (TCHAR*)s.ucs2();
|
|
|
|
res = CompareStringW( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, 0, s1, length(), s2, s.length() );
|
|
|
|
} , {
|
|
|
|
TQCString s1 = local8Bit();
|
|
|
|
TQCString s2 = s.local8Bit();
|
|
|
|
res = CompareStringA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, 0, s1.data(), s1.length(), s2.data(), s2.length() );
|
|
|
|
} );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch ( res ) {
|
|
|
|
case CSTR_LESS_THAN:
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
case CSTR_GREATER_THAN:
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#elif defined(Q_WS_MACX)
|
|
|
|
int delta = 0;
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(QT_NO_TEXTCODEC)
|
|
|
|
TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
|
|
|
if (codec)
|
|
|
|
delta = strcoll(codec->fromUnicode(*this), codec->fromUnicode(s));
|
|
|
|
if (delta == 0)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
delta = ucstrcmp(*this, s);
|
|
|
|
return delta;
|
|
|
|
#elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|
|
|
// declared in <string.h>
|
|
|
|
int delta = strcoll( local8Bit(), s.local8Bit() );
|
|
|
|
if ( delta == 0 )
|
|
|
|
delta = ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
|
|
|
return delta;
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( s1.unicode() == s2.unicode() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return (s1.length() == s2.length()) && s1.isNull() == s2.isNull() &&
|
|
|
|
(memcmp((char*)s1.unicode(),(char*)s2.unicode(),
|
|
|
|
s1.length()*sizeof(TQChar)) == 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return !(s1==s2); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !s2 )
|
|
|
|
return s1.isNull();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int len = s1.length();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar *uc = s1.unicode();
|
|
|
|
while ( len ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !(*s2) || uc->unicode() != (uchar) *s2 )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
++uc;
|
|
|
|
++s2;
|
|
|
|
--len;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return !*s2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator==( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return (s2 == s1); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return !(s1==s2); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator!=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return !(s1==s2); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator<=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool operator>=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
{ return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
Documentation for TQString related functions
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) == 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) == 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator==( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) == 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator!=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \< 0.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator<( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \< 0.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1,\a s2) \<= 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator<=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \<= 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \> 0.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator>( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \> 0.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \>= 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool operator>=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
The comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \>= 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
|
|
|
\a s1 and the string \a s2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \a {s1}.append(\a s2).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
|
|
|
\a s1 and character \a s2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \a {s1}.append(\a s2).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString operator+( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
|
|
|
|
character \a s1 and string \a s2.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString operator+( const TQString &s, char c )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
|
|
|
\a s and character \a c.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \a {s}.append(\a c).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString operator+( char c, const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
|
|
|
|
character \a c and string \a s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \a {s}.prepend(\a c).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
TQString stream functions
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Writes the string \a str to the stream \a s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &s, const TQString &str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQCString l( str.latin1() );
|
|
|
|
s << l;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
int byteOrder = s.byteOrder();
|
|
|
|
const TQChar* ub = str.unicode();
|
|
|
|
if ( ub || s.version() < 3 ) {
|
|
|
|
static const uint auto_size = 1024;
|
|
|
|
char t[auto_size];
|
|
|
|
char *b;
|
|
|
|
if ( str.length()*sizeof(TQChar) > auto_size ) {
|
|
|
|
b = new char[str.length()*sizeof(TQChar)];
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
b = t;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int l = str.length();
|
|
|
|
char *c=b;
|
|
|
|
while ( l-- ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( byteOrder == TQDataStream::BigEndian ) {
|
|
|
|
*c++ = (char)ub->row();
|
|
|
|
*c++ = (char)ub->cell();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
*c++ = (char)ub->cell();
|
|
|
|
*c++ = (char)ub->row();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ub++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s.writeBytes( b, sizeof(TQChar)*str.length() );
|
|
|
|
if ( str.length()*sizeof(TQChar) > auto_size )
|
|
|
|
delete [] b;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// write null marker
|
|
|
|
s << (TQ_UINT32)0xffffffff;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\relates TQString
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reads a string from the stream \a s into string \a str.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See also \link datastreamformat.html Format of the TQDataStream operators \endlink
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &s, TQString &str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_CC_GNU)
|
|
|
|
#warning "operator>> not working properly"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQCString l;
|
|
|
|
s >> l;
|
|
|
|
str = TQString( l );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
TQ_UINT32 bytes = 0;
|
|
|
|
s >> bytes; // read size of string
|
|
|
|
if ( bytes == 0xffffffff ) { // null string
|
|
|
|
str = TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( bytes > 0 ) { // not empty
|
|
|
|
int byteOrder = s.byteOrder();
|
|
|
|
str.setLength( bytes/2 );
|
|
|
|
TQChar* ch = str.d->unicode;
|
|
|
|
static const uint auto_size = 1024;
|
|
|
|
char t[auto_size];
|
|
|
|
char *b;
|
|
|
|
if ( bytes > auto_size ) {
|
|
|
|
b = new char[bytes];
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
b = t;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s.readRawBytes( b, bytes );
|
|
|
|
int bt = bytes/2;
|
|
|
|
char *oldb = b;
|
|
|
|
while ( bt-- ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( byteOrder == TQDataStream::BigEndian )
|
|
|
|
*ch++ = (ushort) (((ushort)b[0])<<8) | (uchar)b[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
*ch++ = (ushort) (((ushort)b[1])<<8) | (uchar)b[0];
|
|
|
|
b += 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bytes > auto_size )
|
|
|
|
delete [] oldb;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
str = "";
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
TQConstString member functions
|
|
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQConstString ntqstring.h
|
|
|
|
\reentrant
|
|
|
|
\ingroup text
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQConstString class provides string objects using constant Unicode data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order to minimize copying, highly optimized applications can
|
|
|
|
use TQConstString to provide a TQString-compatible object from
|
|
|
|
existing Unicode data. It is then the programmer's responsibility
|
|
|
|
to ensure that the Unicode data exists for the entire lifetime of
|
|
|
|
the TQConstString object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A TQConstString is created with the TQConstString constructor. The
|
|
|
|
string held by the object can be obtained by calling string().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs a TQConstString that uses the first \a length Unicode
|
|
|
|
characters in the array \a unicode. Any attempt to modify copies
|
|
|
|
of the string will cause it to create a copy of the data, thus it
|
|
|
|
remains forever unmodified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The data in \a unicode is not copied. The caller must be able to
|
|
|
|
guarantee that \a unicode will not be deleted or modified.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQConstString::TQConstString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length ) :
|
|
|
|
TQString( new TQStringData( (TQChar*)unicode, length, length ), TRUE )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Destroys the TQConstString, creating a copy of the data if other
|
|
|
|
strings are still using it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQConstString::~TQConstString()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->lock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( d->count > 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQChar* cp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( d->len );
|
|
|
|
memcpy( cp, d->unicode, d->len*sizeof(TQChar) );
|
|
|
|
d->unicode = cp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
d->unicode = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The original d->unicode is now unlinked.
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
d->mutex->unlock();
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_THREAD_SUPPORT
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn const TQString& TQConstString::string() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a constant string referencing the data passed during
|
|
|
|
construction.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the string starts with \a s; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str( "Bananas" );
|
|
|
|
str.startsWith( "Ban" ); // returns TRUE
|
|
|
|
str.startsWith( "Car" ); // returns FALSE
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa endsWith()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQString::startsWith( const TQString& s, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isNull() )
|
|
|
|
return s.isNull();
|
|
|
|
if ( s.length() > length() )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
return memcmp((char*)d->unicode, (char*)s.d->unicode, s.length()*sizeof(TQChar)) == 0;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ::lower(d->unicode[i]) != ::lower(s.d->unicode[i]) )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQString::startsWith( const TQString& s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return startsWith( s, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the string ends with \a s; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
|
|
|
otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQString str( "Bananas" );
|
|
|
|
str.endsWith( "anas" ); // returns TRUE
|
|
|
|
str.endsWith( "pple" ); // returns FALSE
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa startsWith()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQString::endsWith( const TQString& s, bool cs ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isNull() )
|
|
|
|
return s.isNull();
|
|
|
|
int pos = length() - s.length();
|
|
|
|
if ( pos < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( cs ) {
|
|
|
|
return memcmp((char*)&d->unicode[pos], (char*)s.d->unicode, s.length()*sizeof(TQChar)) == 0;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ::lower(d->unicode[pos + i]) != ::lower(s.d->unicode[i]) )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQString::endsWith( const TQString& s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return endsWith( s, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \fn void TQString::detach()
|
|
|
|
If the string does not share its data with another TQString instance,
|
|
|
|
nothing happens; otherwise the function creates a new, unique copy of
|
|
|
|
this string. This function is called whenever the string is modified. The
|
|
|
|
implicit sharing mechanism is implemented this way.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <windows.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\obsolete
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a static Windows TCHAR* from a TQString, adding NUL if \a
|
|
|
|
addnul is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lifetime of the return value is until the next call to this function,
|
|
|
|
or until the last copy of str is deleted, whatever comes first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ucs2() instead.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const void* qt_winTchar(const TQString& str, bool)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// So that the return value lives long enough.
|
|
|
|
static TQString str_cache;
|
|
|
|
str_cache = str;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNICODE
|
|
|
|
return str_cache.ucs2();
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return str_cache.latin1();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Makes a new '\0'-terminated Windows TCHAR* from a TQString.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void* qt_winTchar_new(const TQString& str)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( str.isNull() )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
int l = str.length()+1;
|
|
|
|
TCHAR *tc = new TCHAR[ l ];
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNICODE
|
|
|
|
memcpy( tc, str.ucs2(), sizeof(TCHAR)*l );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
memcpy( tc, str.latin1(), sizeof(TCHAR)*l );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return tc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Makes a TQString from a Windows TCHAR*.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQString qt_winTQString(void* tc)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNICODE
|
|
|
|
return TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)tc );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return TQString::fromLatin1( (TCHAR *)tc );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCString qt_winTQString2MB( const TQString& s, int uclen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( uclen < 0 )
|
|
|
|
uclen = s.length();
|
|
|
|
if ( s.isNull() )
|
|
|
|
return TQCString();
|
|
|
|
if ( uclen == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return TQCString("");
|
|
|
|
BOOL used_def;
|
|
|
|
TQCString mb(4096);
|
|
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
while ( !(len=WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, (const WCHAR*)s.unicode(), uclen,
|
|
|
|
mb.data(), mb.size()-1, 0, &used_def)) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int r = GetLastError();
|
|
|
|
if ( r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER ) {
|
|
|
|
mb.resize(1+WideCharToMultiByte( CP_ACP, 0,
|
|
|
|
(const WCHAR*)s.unicode(), uclen,
|
|
|
|
0, 0, 0, &used_def));
|
|
|
|
// and try again...
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
// Fail.
|
|
|
|
tqWarning("WideCharToMultiByte cannot convert multibyte text (error %d): %s (UTF8)",
|
|
|
|
r, s.utf8().data());
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mb[len]='\0';
|
|
|
|
return mb;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// WATCH OUT: mblen must include the NUL (or just use -1)
|
|
|
|
TQString qt_winMB2TQString( const char* mb, int mblen )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !mb || !mblen )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
const int wclen_auto = 4096;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR wc_auto[wclen_auto];
|
|
|
|
int wclen = wclen_auto;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR *wc = wc_auto;
|
|
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
while ( !(len=MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
|
|
|
mb, mblen, wc, wclen )) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int r = GetLastError();
|
|
|
|
if ( r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( wc != wc_auto ) {
|
|
|
|
tqWarning("Size changed in MultiByteToWideChar");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
wclen = MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
|
|
|
mb, mblen, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
wc = new WCHAR[wclen];
|
|
|
|
// and try again...
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Fail.
|
|
|
|
tqWarning("MultiByteToWideChar cannot convert multibyte text");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( len <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
TQString s( (TQChar*)wc, len - 1 ); // len - 1: we don't want terminator
|
|
|
|
if ( wc != wc_auto )
|
|
|
|
delete [] wc;
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // Q_OS_WIN32
|